DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 24
J DeKalb County Board of Education
Operations Division
Sam A. Moss Service Center
1780 Montreal Road
Tucker, GA 30084-6705
REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS (RFQu) No. 23-752-010
for
PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES FOR
LIVSEY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Project: Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement
DCSD Project No.: 359-35
Owner: DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”)
Solicitation Timeline Summary (Subject to Change)
EVENT DATE(S) TIME LOCATION
Solicitation Opens January 19, 2023 http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net
Virtual Mandatory Pre-
February 2, 2023 10:00 AM Via Microsoft Teams
Submittal Conference
4137 Livsey Road
Optional Site Visit Upon Request TBA
Tucker, GA 30084
Final Questions Due February 8, 2023 2:00 PM dcsd-op-bidquestion@dekalbschoolsga.org
Final Addendum February 15, 2023 2:00 PM http://www.dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net
Statement of Qualifications
February 23, 2023 2:00 PM http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net
Due Date & Time
Public Acknowledgement February 27, 2023 5:00 PM http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net
Shortlist Finalist Notified Public Notice of Short List will be posted to the
March 6, 2023
(If Interviews are Conducted) DCSD website by close of business
Anticipated Interviews
Conducted March 13, 2023
(If Requested)
Anticipated Board Review and
April 17, 2023
Approval
Anticipated Notice of Award April 24, 2023
Anticipated Notice to Proceed May 29, 2023
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 2 of 24
Request for Qualifications
PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES FOR
LIVSEY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
Qualifications will be received electronically on the DeKalb County School District website at
https://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net for ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES FOR LIVSEY
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT, until 2:00 p.m. EST, Thursday,
February 23, 2023. Qualifications received after the specified time will not be considered. All potential
respondents must register as a vendor at http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net. NOTE: A virtual mandatory pre-
submittal conference will be held on Thursday, February 2, 2023, 10:00 a.m., EST, via Microsoft Teams.
Attendees must provide the following information by 5:00 p.m., EST on Wednesday, February 1, 2023:
1. Individual Name and Title
2. Company Name
3. Telephone Number
4. Email Address
This information must be sent to dcsd-op-solicitation@dekalbschoolsga.org. A meeting link will be sent to all
registered attendees no later than 9:30 a.m., EST on Thursday, February 2, 2023.
This document shall serve to provide interested parties with specific information as to the Procedures for
Selection of Professional Architectural and Engineering Services for the DeKalb County School District.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 3 of 24
Table of Contents
Section Description PAGE
Request for Qualifications:
1.0 Project Description ............................................................................................... 5
2.0 General Scope of Work........................................................................................ 5
3.0 Requirements ...................................................................................................... 9
4.0 Statement of Qualifications .................................................................................. 10
5.0 Initial Screening Criteria ....................................................................................... 12
6.0 Interview and Presentation................................................................................... 16
7.0 Selection Process ................................................................................................ 17
8.0 Schedule .............................................................................................................. 18
9.0 General Instructions ............................................................................................. 19
10.0 Terms and Conditions .......................................................................................... 20
RFQu Advertisement ........................................................................................... 24
Exhibit A
Attachments (separate file from RFQu)
Attachment A A/E Checklist and Certification
Attachment B1 Corporate Certificate
Attachment B2 Partnership Certificate
Attachment B3 Entity Certificate
Attachment C Design Fee Form
Attachment D Offeror’s and Individuals’ Affidavit of Noncollusion
Attachment E Conflict of Interest Disclosure Affidavit
Attachment F Consent to Release Information
Attachment G Immigration and Security Certification
Attachment H No Submittal Response
Appendices (separate file from RFQu)
Appendix A NOT APPLICABLE
Appendix B Design Review-Minimum Submittal Requirements (SCL >$2M)
Appendix C DCSD Elementary School Educational Specifications
Appendix D DCSD Design Guidelines for Facility Construction
Appendix E Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report – Livsey Elementary School
Appendix F Aerial Image
Appendix G Floor Plan
Appendix H Owner’s Master Schedule
Appendix I Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services
Appendix J Acknowledgement of Conflict of Interest Policy and Disclosures
Appendix K 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 School Calendar
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 4 of 24
REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS
PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING
SERVICES FOR LIVSEY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MAJOR
BUILDING SYSTEM
BACKGROUND
DeKalb County School District currently enrolls about 94,000 students (October 2021) in 137
schools/programs: 104 neighborhood schools, 23 choice and specialty schools/programs (magnet, theme,
special needs, etc.), and 10 DCSD-sponsored charter schools (that are operated by others). The District
owns 159 facilities: 127 school facilities, 5 support facilities, 5 stadiums, 14 vacant facilities or sites, and 8
properties leased to charter schools or other organizations. With over 15 million in building gross square
footage, and 15,400 employees, DeKalb is the third largest system in the State of Georgia (in terms of
students), with the largest number of school facilities in the State.
Since 1997, the Owner has utilized Education SPLOST (Special Purpose Local Option Sales Tax) funds as
the primary funding source for its capital improvement programs (CIP). On May 24, 2016, the DeKalb County
voters approved the Owner’s fifth E-SPLOST program. It is anticipated that approximately $561 million will
be available to fund the District’s 2017-2022 Capital Improvement Program through the utilization of the
approved SPLOST funds, in conjunction with the State of Georgia’s Capital Outlay Program.
A copy of the CIP Summary and more detailed information regarding the CIP can be obtained on the District’s
website at www.dekalbschoolsga.org/e-splost/
PURPOSE
The purpose of this RFQu is to solicit proposals from qualified Architect/Engineer firms to provide professional
design services. This solicitation is specifically for the design of a major building system at an elementary
school. Final documents will become the property of DCSD.
The scope of work for this RFQu includes the full professional architectural and engineering services for
DCSD Project, 359-35. The 2021 Comprehensive Facility Assessment Report (Appendix E) is attached
as a guide in determining the priority of needs for the improvements.
The anticipated construction delivery method for this project is Design/Bid/Build, Design/Propose/Build or
CM at Risk, depending upon the Stated Cost Limitation. The selected Architect/Engineer shall provide
professional services for the project as described below in Section 2 of this RFQu.
The Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) for this project is $4,335,000.00. DCSD has determined that the
stipulated fee the Architect will receive for this project scope will be 6% of the Stated Cost Limitation for a
maximum fee of $260,100.00. This fee is all inclusive and incorporates all reimbursable expenses for this
project.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 5 of 24
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Livsey Elementary School campus is located on 9.7 acres at 4137 Livsey Road, Tucker, GA
30341. The original campus construction was completed in 1971. A gymnasium building was
constructed in 2003. The current size is approximately 40,414 SF. At a minimum the project should
meet the DCSD Elementary School Educational Specifications (Appendix C), and the DCSD
Design Guidelines for Facility Construction, (Appendix D).
2.0 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
The anticipated scope of this project is to include but is not limited to the design of the following:
Replacement of HVAC system throughout the building.
This is not intended to be an all‐inclusive list of the scope of work. The selected Architect/Engineer
shall confirm and obtain DCSD approval of full scope of work prior to the start of design. A formal
Notice to Proceed (NTP) shall be provided by the Owner or its designated representative prior to
proceeding with each design milestone. The Architect/Engineer will be responsible for confirming
the need for these elements and for making recommendations if an element is deemed unnecessary
or if a more pressing element is discovered.
For more details on what is expected of the Architect, see the General Services section below.
2.1 General Services
The following generally highlights the services that the Architect and its subconsultants will
be required to perform:
A. Design Services
1. Prior to starting Schematic Design, the Architect will perform a preliminary consultation
with the Owner including, but not limited to, reviewing the Owner’s policies, concepts,
objectives, design criteria, schedule, budget, and operational needs for these projects.
The Architect will submit within 10 days of NTP, a written report with their proposed
recommendations, solutions to problems, etc.
2. The Architect will prepare and submit a Design Schedule that fits within the parameters
of Appendix H: Owner’s Master Schedule.
3. The Architect will prepare and submit schematic design documents per the requirements
of Appendix B: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and the Architect’s
Detailed Design Schedule.
4. The Architect will prepare and submit a construction estimate based on the Schematic
Design documents. This estimate will be compared with the stated cost limitation (SCL)
for this project. If the estimate is more than 5% over the SCL, then the Architect will
prepare new schematic design documents and prepare a recovery schedule.
5. The design scope shall be based upon a construction Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) of
$4,335,000.00.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 6 of 24
6. The Architect will submit documents as outlined below for review by DCSD and the
Program Manager.
7. Once Schematic Design Documents are reviewed and approved and upon written
direction to proceed, the Architect will proceed with the 30% Construction Document
phase per Appendix B: Design Review- Minimum Submittal Requirements and the
Architect’s Detailed Design Schedule.
8. The process used for Schematic Design Phase as outlined in items #3 – 7 above will be
performed for the 80% and 100% CD Phases.
9. The Architect will submit to DCSD and the Project Manager reports, drawings,
specifications, and estimates for review according to the chart below:
Reports Drawings Specifications Estimates
Preliminary Consultation
Schematic Design
Design Development Phase
Construction Documents – 30%
Construction Documents – 80%
Construction Documents – 100%
Others as required
This information will be submitted to the GaDOE for review, comment, and approval.
10. The Architect will visit each school site. All areas of the existing facility will be made available
to the Architect and it is expected that the Architect will study these areas to fully understand
any and all accessible existing conditions. The Architect shall investigate and document any
limitations to be resolved during the design process.
11. Coordination with DCSD’s Technology Department is critical during the Design Phase.
DCSD’s Technology Department will design the Technology components and the
Architect/Engineer will incorporate this design into the contract documents. The DCSD
Technology Department will be responsible for the installation of the IT equipment, cabling
and wiring. The General Contractor (GC) will be responsible for the supporting infrastructure
(conduit, boxes, etc.).
12. Provide complete construction contract documents with professional seals and signatures in
accordance with the requirements of the Georgia Department of Education Facilities
Services Unit.
13. Assure that the construction contract documents are in conformance with generally accepted
architectural and engineering practices and comply fully with all applicable DCSD and
GaDOE criteria, along with all federal, state, and local codes and laws.
14. Provide full and complete specifications including Division 1- General Conditions, reflecting
current DCSD and GaDOE requirements. Specify materials and equipment that are readily
available, in order to avoid delivery concerns during construction.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 7 of 24
15. Provide phasing plans, as appropriate, for construction. Include submission to and approval
by DCSD and the Fire Marshal for the phased exiting of the facility.
16. Provide design for on-site swing space (modular) as appropriate for the improvement
activities; i.e. phasing.
17. Provide design drawings and specifications for demolition of areas, as appropriate.
18. Provide design drawings and specifications for security system (cameras, alarm, card
access, motion detectors, recording devices, etc.), and MIS conduit/raceways, as needed.
Equipment and cabling design and installation will be provided by approved DCSD vendors,
as appropriate.
19. Coordinate entrance design with and obtain approval from the agencies having jurisdiction
as appropriate. Provide renderings when exterior modifications to the building are made.
20. Coordinate and design all utility connections (gas, electrical, plumbing, sewer) with local
utility provider and obtain necessary approvals. Deposits will be paid for by the District. The
Architect will coordinate this effort.
21. Represent DeKalb County School District by presenting necessary oral and/or graphic
presentations to state and county agencies, or any other group having interest in the projects
per the direction of DCSD.
22. Complete all forms and documents in formats required by GaDOE and any other state or
county agency.
23. Each design phase submittal must include a detailed cost estimate confirming that the cost
of the design is below the construction SCL for the respective project. Design estimates
will be reviewed by the program manager. If the estimate shows a cost more than 5%
greater than the SCL, the Architect must redesign the project to be below the
construction SCL at no additional cost to the owner. The Architect will also be
required to develop a recovery schedule to complete the design in the original
timeframe.
24. DCSD has adopted and implemented Primavera P6 as the standard scheduling software program
for the District. All Contractors with a project construction value exceeding an SCL of $1
million will be required to use P6 for that project and the Architect of Record will have to well
versed in P6 in order to review and comment on the contractor’s schedule. For construction
contracts with values under $1 million, the Architect will be responsible for posting all project
documents from the GC into the DCSD Program Management Software.
25. The Architect shall also comply with all activities and terms as outlined in the Standard Form
of Contract for Architectural Services (State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb
County Board of Education and the Architect. (See Appendix I).
26. Provide the selected GC with three (3) copies of the construction contract documents
(specifications and drawings) at the Preconstruction Conference.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 8 of 24
27. The Architect will develop the list of required shop drawings, product data, samples, etc. and
issue it to the selected GC. The selected GC will take the list and incorporate it into their
project construction schedule.
28. The Architect is responsible for providing and submitting all permit packages to the proper
authorities. The Architect is responsible for pursuing the issuance of the permits until the
permit is ready to be issued to the contractor or until the contractor receives a Notice to
Proceed (NTP). Once the NTP is received, the Architect will hold a formal meeting to transfer
the permit responsibilities to the contractor. The Architect is still responsible for assisting
the contractor and for responding to any questions or issues documented by the permitting
authorities.
29. The Architect will update DCSD’s state inventory plans at the end of construction.
30. The Architect will perform Contact Administration for these projects.
31. The Architect will provide FF&E services for this project as outlined in the Standard Form of
Contract for Architectural Services.
B. Program Management Software
DCSD is currently in the process of selecting a program management software to set as a standard for
the Capital Improvements Program. Once a software is selected, DCSD will issue one license to
the successful Architect and expects the Architect to participate in the management of these
projects within the selected software guidelines. This management will be performed in
conjunction with DCSD and the Program Manager. This includes but is not limited to:
1. General
All documentation will be processed through the DCSD selected program management
software.
All meeting minutes will be produced and issued through the DCSD selected program
management software.
All questions and answers will be processed through the DCSD selected program
management software.
All invoicing – architect’s, contractor’s, vendors’, etc. will be processed through the
DCSD selected program management software.
2. Schematic Design Phases
All drawings will be posted in the DCSD selected program management software. as
one package for each phase (one file for SD)
The detailed estimate will be posted in the DCSD selected program management
software. for each phase
All reports will be posted individually in the DCSD selected program management
software.
3. Construction Document Submittals (50%, 100%)
All drawings for the 50% CD submittals will be posted in the DCSD selected program
management software. as one package
The detailed estimate will be posted in the DCSD selected program management
software. for the 50% submittals
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 9 of 24
All reports will be posted individually in the DCSD selected program management
software.
A detailed estimate is not required at 100% drawings
Each individual drawing will be posted to the DCSD selected program management
software. (as individual files) at the 100% drawing submittal
4. Contract Administration
RFIs will be processed in the DCSD selected program management software.
Submittals will be processed in the DCSD selected program management software.
Shop drawings will be processed in the DCSD selected program management software.
Samples (color boards, brick, etc.) will be processed outside the DCSD selected
program management software but will be tracked by a transmittal inside the DCSD
selected program management software.
Invoices will be processed in the DCSD selected program management software.
3.0 REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Firms must meet the following requirements:
3.1.1 Requirements of the Request for Qualifications (RFQu).
3.1.2 It is preferable that the Firm has experience providing A / E services for K-12
public school programs.
3.1.3 Firm must be authorized to do business in the State of Georgia and must
possess professional service registrations in accordance with applicable
statutes, regulations, and rules.
3.1.4 Firms must be knowledgeable of the requirements of Georgia Code.
3.1.5 Firms must be able to demonstrate financial strength appropriate to the scale
of Project to be managed.
3.1.6 Statements of Qualifications must be submitted electronically to the School District
on or before the time and date indicated in the RFQu.
3.1.7 Statements of Qualifications should be limited to not more than 30 electronic
pages. Submissions in excess of 30 electronic pages will not be disqualified;
however, clarity, conciseness, and brevity of this document will be part of
the evaluation criteria.
3.1.8 Statements of Qualification which have not been received by the DeKalb
County School District on or before the scheduled receipt time as set forth in
the RFQu will not be considered.
3.1.9 The selected firm and its sub consultants, will be required to meet the
insurance requirements of DCSD.
3.1.10 Costs of participating in the selection process, including presentations to the
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 10 of 24
Selection Committee, are solely those of the firm; DCSD will assume no
responsibility for any costs.
3.1.11 DCSD reserves the right to waive informalities and to terminate the selection
process.
4.0 STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS
Required Information and Format
Statements of Qualifications must provide the required information in the following order
and format:
4.1 Letter of introduction and interest signed by an officer or partner of the responding firm.
Letter shall include specific reason(s) why firm would be the best choice for the project
listed. Letter shall include name of entity submitting, contact name, phone number, e-
mail address, fax number and address of firm submitting.
4.2 Table of Contents
4.3 Compliance Information
This is a compliance section and carries no evaluation points. Firms must meet
minimum criteria as specified to receive further consideration. Submittals shall
include the following:
4.3.1 The Firm must be properly certified by the Georgia Secretary of State to do
business in Georgia at the time of submission.
4.3.1.1 State the legal name of the entity submitting and if Firm submitting is a
corporation, joint venture, or partnership. Note: It is understood that if
selected for this project the stated entity name will be used in all legal
contracting documents derived from this selection.
4.3.1.2 Provide a copy of certification for proper incorporation or registration from
Georgia Secretary of State. In the alternative, joint ventures and
partnerships should provide a copy of their joint venture or partnership
agreement and certification from the Georgia Secretary of State
establishing that each joint venture partner or partner is authorized to do
business in Georgia.
4.3.2 The Firm must be properly registered, licensed, and certified at the time of
submission:
4.3.2.1 Firms and sub consultants must be property licensed. Provide copy of
current Georgia Professional Registration for Architect/Engineer.
4.3.2.2 If Firm is a joint venture, provide copy of the joint venture agreement and
either:
a. Copy of current Georgia Professional Registration of the joint
venture; or
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 11 of 24
b. A copy of the current Georgia Professional Registration of one
of the joint venture partners.
4.3.3 The Firm must have been in continuous business for a minimum of five
years. Note: If Firm is a joint venture, at least one of the companies
comprising the joint venture or partnership must have been in continuous
business for a minimum of five years.
4.3.3.1 State number of years in business. If the Firm is a joint venture, state
both the number of years that the joint venture has been in
business, as well as the number of years that each joint venture
partners has been in business.
4.3.3.2 State the location, address, and telephone number of Firm’s
offices. If the Firm is a joint venture or partnership,
identify the location, address, and telephone number of the
principal place of business of the joint venture or
partnership designated with the Georgia Division of
Corporations.
4.3.3.3 Submit the names of owners, officers or principals in charge.
4.3.4 The Firm must identify any existing or potential conflicts of interest, and
disclose any representation of parties or other relationships that might be
considered a conflict of interest with regard to this selection. "Conflict" or
"conflict of interest" means a situation in which regard for a private interest tends
to lead to disregard of a public duty or interest.
4.3.4.1 If any conflicts of interest issues are identified, provide a detailed plan
of action on how any existing or potential conflicts of interest will be
mitigated in the case your firm is recommended for this project.
DCSD at its sole discretion shall determine the adequacy of the plan
and whether the conflict will disqualify the firm from consideration for
the RFQu. If DCSD determines that the firm will be disqualified due to
the conflict, the firm’s proposal will not be evaluated or considered by
the Selection Committee.
4.3.5 The Firm must demonstrate they have the necessary financial resources
to complete the project and show their history of working proactively to avoid
litigation with Owners.
4.3.5.1 Financial Statement: The Firm’s financial capability is to be expressed
in the financial statement (audited financial current within the past
twelve months, such as a balance sheet and statement of operations)
and should indicate the resources and the necessary working capital to
assure financial stability through the completion of the project. A
certified audit is preferred; however, the Firm’s most recent tax return
and balance sheet will be accepted. If the Firm is a joint venture or
partnership all firms comprising the submitting entity will be required to
submit the previously requested documentation.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 12 of 24
4.3.5.2 Insurance Capacity: Firms must provide evidence that they have all
insurance coverage’s as specified in A/E contract included with this
RFQu (See Appendix I).
4.3.5.3 Litigation: Submit all litigation of any kind involving firm, its officers or
directors with a project owner where the total amount in controversy
exceeds $100,000.00 within the last five years. If the firm is a joint
venture or partnership submit litigation involving all firms comprising the
submitting entity. State the court and location of the litigation.
4.3.5.4 Insurance Claims: Submit all Errors & Omissions and/or Professional
Liability claims filed against the firms’ policy in the last two years for the
proposal submittal date. The information should include amount and
nature of the claim(s).
5.0 INITIAL SCREENING CRITERIA
5.1 Individual Review: Proposal Evaluation Committee (“PEC”) members shall use the
Proposal Evaluation Form (Exhibit A) for the RFQu to document their review and
evaluation of each Proposal in accordance with the criteria listed below, within their
respective areas of experience and knowledge.
5.1.1 Successful Related Architectural Experience (30 points):
Major consideration will be given to the successful completion of
previous projects comparable in design, scope and complexity. This
will include e valuating the firm’s performance and quality of work on
previous projects.
5.1.1.1 List the projects which best illustrate the experience of the firm which
utilized the current staff which is being assigned to this Project. (List no
more than 10 projects and do not list projects which were not
completed by your firm or completed more than ten years ago).
Include the following for each project:
a. Name and location of the project.
b. The nature of the firm's responsibility on the project.
c. Project owner's representative name, address,
telephone and facsimile number.
d. Project user's representative name, address and
telephone number.
e. Date project construction was completed.
f. Size of project (construction gross square feet).
g. Cost of project (construction cost).
h. Work for which firm's staff was responsible.
i. Present status of the project.
j. Firm's key professionals involved on the project and who
of that staff would be assigned to the Project covered by
this RFQu.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 13 of 24
5.1.2 Proposed Project Staff and their Functions (30 points):
The quality, experience and quantity of staff and their functions will be
evaluated by the Committee. The Committee will also evaluate the
firm’s capabilities to provide service.
5.1.2.1 Organization Chart: Develop an organization chart as it relates to the
Project indicating key personnel, their relationship, and all consultants
to be used on this project.
5.1.2.2 The firm shall name the actual staff to be assigned to this Project,
describe their ability and experience, and indicate the function of each
within their organization and their proposed role on this Project. It is
the intent that the proposed staff shall be assigned to this Project
unless otherwise approved by Owner. The staff shall be present at
the time of interview.
5.1.2.3 Give brief resumes of key persons to be assigned to the Project
including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Name and title.
b. Job assignment for other projects.
c. How many years with this firm. For sub-consultants, list prior
projects your firm has worked with sub-consultant.
d. How many years with other firms.
e. Experience including types of projects, size of projects (dollar
value and square footage of project), and specific project
involvement.
f. Education.
g. Active registrations (if any).
h. If submitting as a joint venture or partnership, include the
assigned staff for the joint venture or partnership and
indicate which of the joint ventures or partners employs the
staff member.
5.1.3 Workload (15 points):
As part of the evaluation criteria, the Committee will review the firms and
their sub-consultants current workload. If the submitting firm is a joint
venture, the Committee will review the current workload of each of the
firms comprising the submitting entity. A maximum of ten points will be
awarded based on an evaluation of the firm’s total workload and capacity
to perform the work.
5.1.3.1 Firms and their sub-consultant(s) shall provide a list of outstanding
projects, client names, status of completion, anticipated completion
date, and dollars committed on open project workload. Furthermore, if
the submitting firm is a joint venture they shall also include projects for
each firm comprising the joint venture.
Definition of sub-consultant as it relates to this selection process: An
individual and/or firm contracted or to be contracted by the submitting
entity to provide services related to or part of those which this will be
required as part of this selection process.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 14 of 24
5.1.4 Equitable Distribution (10 points):
In an effort to consider the equitable distribution of work, the Committee
shall evaluate data showing dollar amounts of contracts and projects
awarded by DCSD to the submitting firm(s). In the case of submittals
received by joint ventures the contracts and projects awarded to each of
the firms comprising the joint venture will be included in the calculation of
the projects currently under contract and those awarded by DCSD.
Furthermore, this calculation will include all contracts and projects
awarded to the submitting firm either as a joint venture or as a separate
entity, whereby the submitting firm(s) was one of the entities included in
the award and contract. The chart below will be used to award a maximum
of 10 points based on the combined dollar amount of projects currently
under contract, as well as those awarded by DCSD, but not yet under
contract. For those projects already under contract, the contract amount
will reflect the dollar amount of the contract value, not including
amendments. The projects taken into account in the calculation will be
those awarded by the Owner within two (2) years prior to this solicitation
opening. For projects recommended but not yet awarded, the contract
value will reflect the estimated fee based on the budget listed within the
RFQu for which the firm was selected. This single score will be allocated
to each firm by the Selection Process Facilitator and added to the
cumulative score the committee members.
Contract Value Awarded/ Recommended by DCSD Point Value
Up to $100,000 10 points
$100,001 to $500,000 8 points
$500,001 to $1,000,000 6 points
$1,000,000 to $2,000,000 4 points
Greater than $2,000,000 0 points
5.1.5 DESIGN FEE (O POINTS):
Design fee is NOT included in the Selection Criteria.
5.1.5.1 Indicate your proposed Design Fee for the Services and Work as required
by the Proposal Documents and the Owner’s Agreement. Use Owner’s
Design Fee Form (Attachment C) included in this Request for
Qualifications.
5.1.5.2 Indicate any breakdown of the proposed Design Fee as required by the
attached form.
5.1.5.3 Acknowledge receipt of addendum, if any.
5.1.5.4 All blanks shall be filled in and shall be filled in by typewriter or manually
and legibly, in ink. Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be
initialed by the signer of the Proposal.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 15 of 24
5.1.6 References (15 points):
The Firm must demonstrate a positive relationship with prior clients on
similar projects.
5.1.6.1 The firm shall submit a minimum of three (3) written recommendations
from previous owners and discuss their strategy to provide a
positive working relationship with DCSD. This strategy must include
actual examples of how the firm has demonstrated their cooperation
with other Owners. DCSD reserves the option of contacting any of the
references provided to confirm information provided.
5.1.6.2 DCSD staff will provide input on a firm’s past work performance, this
information includes but is not limited to the number of warranty
requests and responsiveness, contract and process compliance, and
information from the DCSD contractor evaluation process if available.
5.2 Group Review. The PEC members shall meet and discuss the Proposals. The goal of
this review is to allow each PEC member the opportunity to fully discuss the Proposals
and to identify any information in the proposals deemed by the PEC member to be
significant to the evaluation. At the conclusion of this meeting, each PEC member shall
render his or her final scores for each proposal and submit his or her Proposal Evaluation
Form to the Selection Process Facilitator.
5.2.1 The Selection Process Facilitator shall combine the evaluation scores submitted
by all PEC members and shall determine the five (5) highest scoring firms
(unless otherwise determined) based on the total evaluation scores received. In
the event of a tied score for fifth place, all such tied firms shall be included in the
short list.
5.2.2 Short List Recommendation. The Selection Process Facilitator shall forward the
PEC’s short list recommendation to the Chief Operating Officer (“the COO”).
The COO, in his or her sole discretion, can either accept the short list
recommendation or reject the short list recommendation. If the COO accepts
the recommendation, the selection process proceeds as noted below. If the
COO rejects the short list recommendation, he or she, in his or her sole
discretion, can proceed in any of the following methods: directing the
Selection Process Facilitator to recommence the selection process at
whatever stage the COO deems appropriate (including the Individual Review
stage or the Group Review stage); pursuing the project by any other alternative
method permitted under Georgia law; or abandoning the project all together. If
the COO elects to pursue the project by an alternative method or abandon the
project, DCSD shall provide public notice of this decision.
5.2.3 Notice of Short List. Once the PEC’s short list recommendation has been
accepted by the COO, the Selection Process Facilitator will notify all submitting
firms of whether or not they appear on the short list and shall provide public
notice of the short listed firms.
5.2.4 The short listed firms shall then be invited for interviews before the PEC, which
will be scheduled within three (3) business days of notification.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 16 of 24
6.0 INTERVIEWS AND PRESENTATION
6.1 At the time of its scheduled interview, each short listed firm shall provide additional
information about its firm and operations as may be required by DCSD. This additional
information shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
6.1.2 Overall Approach, Methodology, & Knowledge of the Site (30 points):
6.1.2.1 The firm shall provide information regarding its knowledge of local
codes and ordinances, as an indication of its ability to deliver quality
workmanship in an effective and timely manner.
6.1.2.2 The firm shall demonstrate verbally and graphically its plan for performing
the Architectural/Engineering Services, documenting the services to be
provided and showing the interrelationship of all parties.
6.1.2.3 The firm shall present their quality assurance program. The program shall
illustrate how they will assure professional quality, technical accuracy, and
coordination of all services require under their contract.
6.1.3 Project Team (25 points):
The firm shall express the general and specific project related
experience and capability of in-house staff and sub consultants and
their functions as it relates to this project.
6.1.3.1 Organization Chart: Develop an organization chart as it relates to
the Project indicating key personnel and their relationship. It shall be
understood that it is the intent of the District to insist that those key
personnel indicated as the project team in this RFQu response
actually executes the Project.
6.1.3.2 If a joint venture, or prime subcontractor arrangement of two (or more)
firms, indicate how the work shall be distributed between the associated
firms. Describe how the organizational structure will ensure orderly
communications, distribution of information, effective coordination of
activities and accountability.
6.1.4 Cost Control (25 points):
6.1.4.1 Describe how you develop cost estimates, and how they are updated,
providing specific examples of successful recommendations
implemented and cost containment strategies utilized to maintain
project budgets without sacrificing quality. Describe and explain the
benefits to the Owner.
6.1.5 Project Scheduling (20 points):
6.1.5.1 As part of the project approach, the firm shall propose a process for
scheduling multiple projects and effectively managing and executing
the work in the optimum time. Provide a sample schedule and
describe any major milestones for achieving the schedule and any
other recommendations that may directly impact the schedule.
6.1.5.2 The firm shall describe any representative current projects and the
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 17 of 24
projected versus the actual schedule for each.
6.2 Interview
6.2.1 The short-listed firms shall be invited for interviews before the PEC. At the time of
its scheduled interview, each short-listed firm shall provide additional information
about its firm and operations as may be required by DCSD. This additional
information shall be identified in the RFQu.
6.2.2 The PEC shall schedule a separate interview for each short-listed firm. As part
of its interview, and at the Selection Process Facilitator’s discretion, each firm
shall make a short oral presentation.
6.2.3 After the PEC has interviewed all the short-listed firms, the PEC shall
reconvene for the PEC members to discuss the interviews and review each
presentation. At the end of this discussion, PEC members shall use the
Presentation Evaluation Forms to record their evaluation of each short listed
firm, and then submit the Presentation Evaluation Forms to the Selection
Process Facilitator.
6.2.4 The Selection Process Facilitator shall combine the evaluation scores submitted
by all PEC members and determine the PEC’s ranking of the short-listed firms
based upon the total scores assigned to each firm for the presentation stage.
If the ranking results in a tied score for the number one or number two
ranked firms, additional information shall be requested from the tied firms and
presented to the committee. The committee will score the firms based on the
responses to the additional information
6.3 Submittal of recommended highest ranked firm. The Selection Process Facilitator
shall submit the highest ranked firm recommended by the PEC to the COO for
approval. The COO, in his or her sole discretion, shall either accept the results of the
PEC’s ranking recommendation and forward it to the Board of Education for approval or
reject the results of the ranking recommendation. If the COO accepts the ranking
recommendation, the approval process continues as noted below. If the COO rejects
the results of the ranking recommendation, he or she, in his or her sole discretion, shall
proceed with any of the following methods: directing the PEC Selection Process
Facilitator to recommence the selection and ranking process at whatever stage the
COO deems appropriate (including the Individual Review stage, the Group Review
stage, or the Interview process); pursuing the project by any other alternative method
permitted under Georgia law; or abandoning the project all together. If the COO elects to
pursue the project through an alternative method or abandon the project all together,
DCSD shall provide public notice of that decision.
. Upon the COO’s approval of the PEC’s recommendation, an agenda item shall be
prepared and put on the next available agenda for the Board of Education review and
approval.
7.0 SELECTION PROCESS:
7.1 The Proposal Evaluation Committee (“PEC”) shall be established by the COO. The
COO, or his designee, shall approve the members of the PEC, to include the following:
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 18 of 24
7.1.1 At least three (3) DCSD staff persons with expertise in facilities design,
construction, operation, and/or maintenance, property, surveying and
environmental, as recommended by the Chief Operating Officer from their
respective divisions, for the purpose of evaluating and scoring only those
elements of the responses that relate to facilities design, construction, operation,
and maintenance proposals, and on an as needed basis, those that include
property, surveying and environmental.
7.1.2 At least one (1) member of the SPLOST CIP staff with expertise in facilities design,
construction, operation, and/or maintenance, property, surveying and
environmental, as recommended by the Chief Operating Officer, for the
purpose of evaluating and scoring only those elements of the responses that
relate to facilities design, construction, operation, and maintenance proposals.
7.1.3 Such other staff person(s) as deemed appropriate by the COO, or his
designee, in order to ensure that the PEC includes persons with experience and
knowledge in the contractual services being sought, for the purpose of evaluating
and scoring only those elements of the responses that relate to the person(s)’
area of experience and knowledge.
7.1.4 Membership of the PEC may include representation from other public or
private entities or others deemed appropriate as recommended by the Chief
Operating Officer. The recommendation may be based on project complexity,
project cost and staff capacity.
7.1.5 All voting members of the PEC are required to comply with the provisions of
Board Policy DJE and the provisions of the Code of Ethics for Public Officers
and Employees. No member shall solicit or knowingly accept any gift,
gratuity, loan, special discount, entertainment, transportation, lodging, meals,
favor or promise of future employment, based upon any understanding that the
vote, official action, or judgment of the member would be influenced thereby.
7.2 The Chief Operating Officer, or his designee, shall select a Procurement representative who
shall serve as the Selection Process Facilitator to monitor the selection process, ensure
compliance with all applicable procedural requirements, limiting discussion which facilitates
the procurement process, the facts of the procurement and documentation on file, and will
maintain objectivity at all times.
7.3 The Selection Process Facilitator shall be responsible for ensuring that each member is
provided information on the project, directs discussion as necessary and determines when the
committee may need to vote on any compliance related issues.
7.4 The final rankings as approved by the Board of Education will rank all proposers from
highest to lowest scores based on the selection criteria described in the RFQu.
8.0 SCHEDULE
8.1 Virtual Pre-submittal conference attendance (mandatory). It is the firm’s responsibility to
become fully informed as to the nature and extent of the services required. The virtual pre-
submittal conference will be held at 10:00 a.m., EST, Thursday, February 2, 2023 via
Microsoft Teams. The RFQu will be reviewed and questions will be addressed.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 19 of 24
8.2 Statements of Qualifications must be received electronically at the DeKalb County School
District website https://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net not later than date and time set forth in the
“Advertisement for RFQu for Professional Architectural and Engineering Services for Livsey
Elementary School Major Building System Replacement”. Based on evaluations of Statements
of Qualifications, a maximum of five firms may be interviewed, at times and location to be
determined at a later time. The order of presentation will be determined at DCSD’s sole
discretion and the firms so notified.
8.3 The dates and times identified in this RFQu are subject to change. All changes will be
posted to the DeKalb County School District solicitation website via addendum as it becomes
available for all phases of this project.
9.0 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
9.1 Firms are required to register as a supplier using the IONWAVE portal and obtain a
username and password.
9.2 The response shall contain manual signature of an authorized representative of the
responding firm.
9.3 Responses received after the receipt time noted in the RFQu will not be accepted.
9.4 Firms responding to the RFQu shall be available for presentations and interviews
to the DCSD PEC Selection Committee.
9.5 The contents of the proposal of a successful firm may become part of its
contractual obligations.
9.6 Excluding items 5.1.4 and 5.2, Proposals shall respond to each item noted in sections
4.0 and 5.0 in the order noted. Identify responses with the same paragraph notation
as contained in this RFQu.
9.7 Submittals shall be typed. All corrections made by the proposer prior to the opening
shall be initialed and dated by the proposer. No changes or corrections will be allowed
after proposals have been unsealed.
9.8 Questions: Any questions concerning the RFQu should be submitted electronically
via email to the Procurement Manager at dcsd-op-
bidquestion@dekalbschoolsga.org. Questions submitted to any other email
address will not be considered. The deadline for receipt of vendor questions is
Wednesday, February 8, 2023 at 2:00 p.m. EST. Questions received after the
deadline time will not be considered. Questions received by the deadline time will
be answered in writing and posted to the DCSD solicitation website
http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net no later than Wednesday, February 15, 2023
by 2:00 p.m. EST. No response other than written by the Procurement Manager,
will be binding upon DCSD. All supplemental instructions will be in the form of
written Addenda to the RFQu.
9.8.1 Selection committee members, school board members and school
board personnel are not to be contacted prior to the Board of Education’s
decision to approve or reject the final recommendation presented to it by
the Chief Operating Officer. At the discretion of DCSD, failure to
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 20 of 24
comply with this requirement will be grounds for disqualification.
9.8.2 Specifically, this NO-CONTACT PERIOD shall commence on the initial date
of the advertisement for Request for Qualifications and continue through and
include the date the DeKalb County Board of Education makes its
determination to approve or reject the final recommendations.
9.10. Failure to meet any of these requirements may disqualify your firm from
consideration.
10.0 TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
10.1. DCSD reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals in the best interest
of DCSD. DeKalb County School District reserves the right to waive any formalities
in the selection process.
10.2 It is mutually understood and agreed that the nature, amount, and frequency of the
Services shall be determined solely by Owner and that Owner does not represent or
guarantee unto firm that any specific amount of services will be requested or required
of firm pursuant to this RFQu.
10.3 Proposals which do not comply with these instructions or that do not include the
requested data may not be considered.
10.4 The successful firm shall not discriminate against any person in accordance with
Federal, State or Local law.
10.5 It is the sole responsibility of the submitting firm to ensure proposals are received
on or before the time and date required, and in the format stated.
10.6 By submission of a response to this RFQu, the Respondent certifies that he/she and
his/her employees shall not engage in the unlawful manufacture, sale, distribution,
dispensation, possession, or use of controlled substance or drugs during the
performance of the contract.
10.7 By submission of a response to this RFQu, the Respondent certifies that he/she and
his/her employees shall not use tobacco products on DCSD property at any time
during the performance of this contract.
10.8 Respondents shall fully certify that they, as individuals or as officials of a business
entity, have not entered into any agreement, participated in collusion, or otherwise
taken any action in restraint of free and competitive responses to this RFQu. Further,
Respondents guarantee that their response is not made in conjunction with or on
behalf of another party and that they have not been directly or indirectly induced in
any manner or taken any action to result in a restriction of trade or in an unfair
advantage
10.9 By responding to this RFQu, the offeror certifies that the proposing company and/or
its principals have not been suspended, excluded, disqualified, debarred, proposed
for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from participation in any
transaction by any Federal or State department or agency and that the bidder
complies with all applicable orders, rules and regulations related thereto.Further, by
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 21 of 24
responding to this RFQu, the offeror certifies that all lower tier participating individuals
and/or company(s) and all respective principals of lower tier participants have not
been suspended, excluded, disqualified, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared
ineligible or voluntarily excluded from participation in any transaction by any Federal
or State department or agency and that the bidder complies with all applicable orders,
rules and regulations related thereto.
10.10 DeKalb County School District, Georgia, does not discriminate in admission or
access to, or treatment or employment in its programs and activities, on the basis
of race, color, religion, age, sex, national origin, marital status, disability, genetic
information, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, or any other reason
prohibited by law.
10.11 Any person who is adversely affected by a decision of the DeKalb County School
District concerning this procurement, shall adhere to the following Protest
Procedures:
10.11.1 Protests. A bidder may file a written protest challenging DCSD’s
compliance with applicable procurement procedures subject to the
bidder’s compliance with the provisions outlined below. Any such written
protest will be resolved in accordance with these provisions.
10.11.2 Types of Challenges. Any bidder interested in and capable of responding
to a competitive solicitation may file a protest with respect to the competitive
solicitation process including, but not limited to, a challenge to
specifications or any events or facts arising during the solicitation process.
Any bidder submitting a timely bid/proposal in response to a competitive
solicitation may file a protest with respect to DCSD’s intended or actual
contract award including, but not limited to, events or facts arising during
the evaluation and/or negotiation process.
10.11.3 Form of Protest. At a minimum, the written protest must include the
following:
a. the name and address of the protestor;
b. appropriate identification of the solicitation;
c. a statement of reasons for the protest;
d. supporting exhibits, evidence, or documents to substantiate any
claims unless not available within the filing time (in which case
the offeror must proceed to file the protest during the filing period
identified below but state the expected availability of the
material); and
e. the desired remedy.
DCSD, at its discretion, may deem issues not raised in the initial
protest as waived with prejudice by the protesting offeror.
10.11.4 Filing Protests. A protest is considered to be properly filed when it is in
writing, signed by a company officer authorized to sign contracts on behalf
of the offeror, and is received by the Design and Construction Department.
The protest may be sent by any of the following means:
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 22 of 24
MAIL: Attention: Mr. Erick Hofstetter
Chief Operating Officer
DeKalb County School District
Sam A. Moss Service Center
1780 Montreal Road
Tucker, Georgia 30084
FAX: (678) 676-1475
10.11.5 Type of Protests. A challenge to the competitive solicitation process
must be filed within two (2) business days prior to the closing date and
time of the solicitation as identified on the RFQu.
A challenge to an intended or actual contract award must be filed within
ten (10) calendar days of the date the Notice of Intent to Award (NOIA) is
posted by DCSD. In the event DCSD does not post a NOIA, the protest
must be filed within ten (10 calendar days of the date the Notice of Award
(NOA) is posted.
If a protest is not filed by the applicable deadline, such failure shall
be deemed as a waiver with prejudice of any grounds the bidder may
have for protest.
10.11.6 Stay of Procurement During Protest Review. When a protest
challenging the competitive solicitation process has been timely filed at
least two (2) business days prior to the closing date and time, the
solicitation shall not close until a final decision resolving the protest has
been issued, unless the Facilities Management Department makes a
written determination that the closing of the solicitation without delay is
necessary to protect the interests of DCSD.
When a protest challenging an intended contract award has been timely
filed, DCSD shall not proceed to actual contract award unless the Design
and Construction Department makes a written determination that the
issuance of a contract or performance of the contract without delay is
necessary to protect the interests of DCSD. If it is determined that it is
necessary to proceed with contract performance without delay, the
bidder/offeror with this contingent contract may proceed with performance
and receive payment for work performed in strict accordance with the
terms of the contract. The provisions of this paragraph are not applicable
to a protest pertaining to events or facts arising during the solicitation
process.
10.11.7 Protest Resolution. The Facilities Management Department shall review
and issue a written decision on the protest within seven (7) business days.
This decision shall be deemed final. Available remedies for sustained
protests are as follows:
10.11.7.1If a protest is sustained prior to the closing date and time of the
solicitation, available remedies may include, but are not limited to,
the following: modification of the solicitation document including,
but not limited to, specifications and terms and conditions;
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 23 of 24
extension of the solicitation closing date and time (as appropriate);
and cancellation of the solicitation.
10.11.7.2 If a protest of the intended/actual contract award is sustained
available remedies may include but are not limited to, the
following: revision or cancellation of the NOIA/NOA, re-evaluation
and re-award, or re-solicitation with appropriate changes to the
new solicitation.
10.11.8 Costs. In no event shall a bidder be entitled to recover any costs
incurred in connection with the solicitation or protest process, including,
but not limited to, the costs of preparing a bid/proposal, the costs of
participating in the protest process, or any attorney fees.
10.12 By making a submission, it is understood and agreed that the submitting entity
consents to DCSD contacting any parties referenced in the entities response
including, but not limited to, all project owners and references herein.
10.13 Submitters acknowledge and agree that the contracting entity will be the Firm name
identified in the response to 4.3.1.1.
10.14 Appendix I, is the most current version of the DCSD Standard Form of Contract
for Architectural Services. By submitting a response to this RFQu, submitters
acknowledge and agree that they have reviewed the contract and have no objection
to it. All responders should thoroughly review the documents prior to
submitting a proposal. Any proposed revisions to the terms or language of
these documents must be submitted in writing during the question and answer
period of the solicitation. All request must be submitted in writing prior to the
close of the final questions. Request for revisions will be reviewed and approved
or rejected by legal and legal rulings are final. If submitted or proposed thereafter,
such proposed revisions to the terms or language of these documents shall not be
considered by the Owner and the Architect/Engineer submittal shall be rejected. No
alterations can be made in the contract after award by DCSD.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 24 of 24
NOTICE
FOR PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES
FOR LIVSEY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
DeKalb County Board of Education announces that Professional Architectural and Engineering Services are required for the
project listed below.
PROJECT AND NUMBER: Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement - RFQu
No. 23-752-010
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED: Professional Architectural and Engineering Design Services for Livsey
Elementary School Major Building System Replacement.
VIRTUAL PRE-SUBMITTAL MEETING: February 2, 2023, 10:00 a.m. EST, via Microsoft Teams
Attendees must provide the following information by Wednesday,
February 1, 2023, 5:00 p.m. EST:
1. Individual Name and Title
2. Company Name
3. Telephone Number
4. Email Address
Information must be sent to dcsd-op-solicitation@dekalbschoolsga.org
A meeting link will be sent to all registered attendees.
Attendance is mandatory.
DCSD CONTACT: Belinda Quillet, Capital Procurement Manager
SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS TO: http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net
QUALIFICATIONS DUE DATE AND TIME: February 23, 2023, 2:00 p.m. EST
Requirements: Interested firms are required to comply with all requirements of the Request for Qualification (RFQu). A
copy of the RFQu and any and all clarifications issued shall be obtained from the DeKalb County School District web site
http://dekalbschoolsga.ionwave.net. Furthermore, all Notices concerning this solicitation and award shall be posted to
the aforementioned web site. These Notices shall include, but are not limited to short list meeting dates and times,
presentation meeting dates and times, intended decision and decision information.
End of RFQu Document Consisting of 24 Pages
(See Attachments and Appendices Package)
APPLICANTS
RFQu No. 23-752-010
ranking of all Applicants.
Using the ratings noted, Selection
Committee shall provide a numerical
Tabulation of all entries will provide a
evaluation of the Qualifying elements.
POINTS AVAILABLE
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
CERTIFICATE GEORGIA SECRETARY OF STATE
PROJECT NAME: PROFESSIONAL A/E SERVICES
REQUIRED VALID LICENSE
LIVSEY ES MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
YEARS IN BUSINESS
COMPLIANCE
LOCATION/ADDRESS PHONE OF FIRM'S OFFICES
OWNERS/OFFICERS & PRINCIPALS IN CHARGE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INSURANCE CAPACITY, CLAIMS, AND LITIGATION
30
SUCCESSFUL RELATED ARCHITECTURAL EXPERIENCE
30
PROPOSED PROJECT STAFF AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
EXHIBIT A
15
WORKLOAD
10
EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION
INITIAL SCREENING
15
REFERENCES
TOTAL INITIAL SCREENING
100
30
OVERALL APPROACH, METHODOLOGY & KNOWLEDGE OF THE SITE
25
PROJECT TEAM
25
COST CONTROL
20
PROJECT SCHEDULING
INTERVIEW AND PRESENTATION
TOTAL INTERVIEW AND PRESENTATION
100
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT A: ARCHITECT/ENGINEER CHECKLIST AND CERTIFICATION
The undersigned, hereby acknowledges having received Request for Qualifications (RFQu) No. 23-752-010 for
Project No. 359-35; Professional A/E Services for Livsey Elementary School Major Building System
Replacement containing a full set of documents:
IMPORTANT NOTICE: The omission of any of the required items listed below shall cause the bid
submission to be declared non-responsive and to be rejected.
Check Box to
Include with Confirm
Owner’s Standard Forms: Proposal Inclusion
Attachment A Architect/Engineer Checklist and Certification (2 pages) YES
Attachment B1 Corporate Certificate (1 page)
Attachment B2 Partnership Certificate (1 page) B1 or B2 or B3
as applicable
Attachment B3 Entity Certificate (1 page)
Attachment C Design Fee Form (5 pages) YES
Attachment D Offeror’s and Individuals’ Affidavit of Noncollusion (2 pages) YES
Attachment E Conflict of Interest Disclosure Affidavit (2 pages) YES
Attachment F Consent to Release Information (1 page) YES
Attachment G Immigration and Security Certification (2 pages) YES
Attachment H No Submittal Response Form (1 page) N/A
Include with Check Box to
Other Requirements: Proposal Confirm
Inclusion
Copy of Business License and Certificates YES
Certificate of Insurance YES
Indicate Addenda(s) Nos. _____________________________ received (none unless indicated here). The
Architect/Engineer is responsible for reading and understanding all sections of this RFQu, and affirms that the
Architect/Engineer shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this RFQu.
Further, the undersigned, being duly sworn, states on oath that no disclosures of ownership have been withheld from
the Board, that the information provided herein is current, and Architect/Engineer and its officers and employees have
not entered into any agreement with any other Architect/Engineer or prospective Architect/Engineer or with any other
person, firm or corporation relating to any prices or other terms named in this RFQu or any other RFQu, nor has it
entered into any agreement or arrangement under which a person, firm or corporation is to refrain from responding to
this RFQu.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 2 of 2
Name of Architect/Engineer Firm:
Signature: ____________________________ Printed Name: ____________________________
Title: ____________________________ Date: ____________________________
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ___ day of _______________, 2_____.
Notary Public: _____________________________ My commission expires: __/__/__.
(SEAL)
THE DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY AND ALL
PROPOSALS AND TO WAIVE INFORMALITIES.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT B1: CORPORATE CERTIFICATE
STATE OF _______________________
COUNTY OF _____________________
I, ________________________________, certify that I am the Secretary of the
corporation named as offeror in the foregoing proposal; that ____________________________
who signed said proposal on behalf of the offeror was then _______________________ of said
corporation; that said proposal was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority
of its Board of Directors, and is within the scope of its corporate powers; and that said
corporation is organized under the laws of the State of ____________________.
_____________________________________
[signature]
_____________________________________
[typed name]
Subscribed and sworn to
before me this ___ day of
_______________, 2_____.
(SEAL)
_____________________
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
___/___/___
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT B2: PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE
STATE OF __________________________
COUNTY OF ________________________
On this day of , 20 , personally appeared
, who executed the above proposal, and being first duly sworn,
deposes and says that he or she is a general partner in the firm of
and that said firm consists of himself or herself and and that
he or she executed the foregoing proposal on behalf of said firm for the uses and purposes stated therein,
and that no one except the above named members of the firm have any financial interest whatsoever in said
proposed contract.
____________________________________
[Affiant’s Signature]
_________________________________ __________________________________
Partner Partner
_________________________________ __________________________________
Partner Partner
Subscribed and sworn to
before me this ___ day of
_______________, 2____.
(seal)
_______________________
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
___/___/___
NOTE: If only one partner signs, a Power of Attorney executed by all other partners authorizing him or her to
act in the name of the partnership must be attached; otherwise, all partners must sign.
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT B3: ENTITY CERTIFICATE
STATE OF _______________________
COUNTY OF _____________________
I, ________________________________, certify that I am the Secretary of the entity
named as offeror in the foregoing proposal; that _____________________________________
who signed said proposal in behalf of the offeror was then _______________________ of said
entity; that said proposal was duly signed for and on behalf of said entity by due authority, and is
within the scope of its legal powers; and that said entity is a ________________________
organized under the laws of the State of ____________________.
_____________________________________
[signature]
_____________________________________
[typed name]
Subscribed and sworn to
before me this ___ day of
_______________, 2____.
(SEAL)
_____________________
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
___/___/___
ATTACHMENT C: DESIGN FEE PROPOSAL FORM
Project Name: A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement RFQu No.: 23-752-010
Project No.: 359-35
RFQu Due Date: February 23, 2023
DeKalb County Board of Education
Sam A. Moss Service Center
1780 Montreal Road
Tucker, Georgia 30084
Board of Education:
In compliance with DCSD’s Request for Qualifications, the undersigned Architect,
____________________________________________
[legal name of Architect Firm]
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
[address of Architect]
____________________________________________
[telephone number of Architect]
____________________________________________
[email address of Architect]
having carefully examined the site of the Project and the Owner’s Criteria, and having carefully examined the proposed
Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board
of Education and the Architect; (Appendix I and the Owner’s standard forms and other documents included in the
Request for Qualifications and any Addenda thereto for DCSD Project Nos. 359-35 A/E Services for Livsey
Elementary School Major Building System Replacement proposes and agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to enter
into a contract with the Owner in the exact form provided in the Request for Qualifications and to perform the Design
Services and Work in conformance with the Contract Documents, in the time stated therein, for the Contract Price set
forth below, and submits the following proposed compensations and fees and other matters set forth below:
a. DCSD has determined that the maximum stipulated fee the Architect will receive for this project scope
will be $260,100.00. This fee is all inclusive and incorporates all reimbursable expenses for this project.
b. The Proposed Design Fee will NOT be considered for the Selection Criteria.
c. Below provide your proposed breakdown of the stated fee per the requirements of the Agreement and
the Design Review- Minimal Submittal Requirements (Appendix B) with the milestones provided for
Project No. 359-35:
1
Project Name: A/E Services for Dresden Elementary School Replacement RFQu No. 23-752-008
DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 362-35
Page 2 of 5 RFQu Due Date: November 3, 2022
A. Preliminary Consultation/Examination Report $___________________
B. Schematic Design Phase $___________________
• Provide three (3) potential schemes
• Provide schematic design drawings per Appendix B
• Provide project specifications per Appendix B
• Provide cost estimate per Appendix B
• Space and functional program Appendix B
• Life cycle analysis
• Other items identified in Appendix B
C. Design Development Phase $
• Provide design development drawings per Appendix B
• Provide project specifications per Appendix B
• Provide detailed cost estimate per Appendix B
• Geotechnical & surveys per Appendix B
• Final life cycle analysis
• Submittal to GaDOE
• Other items identified in Appendix B
D. Construction Document Phase:
30% Complete CD phase $___________________
• 30% complete drawings
• Detailed project manual
• Detailed cost estimate
80% Complete CD Phase $___________________
• Construction documents per Appendix B
• Detailed project manual
• Detailed cost estimate
• Fire Marshal review
• Submittal to GaDOE
100% Complete CD Phase $
• Construction documents per Appendix B
• Detailed project manual
• Submittal for permitting
• Fire Marshal review
• Submittal to GaDOE
E. Sub-Consultants $ Included in Fee
F. FF&E Services $
G. Reimbursable Expenses $ Included in Fee
H. Construction Administration Fee $____________________
(Minimum of 15% of Fee Required)
TOTAL LUMP SUM $ $260,100.00
2
Project Name: A/E Services for Dresden Elementary School Replacement RFQu No. 23-752-008
DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 362-35
Page 3 of 5 RFQu Due Date: November 3, 2022
d. The hourly rates as required in Section 11.2. of the Agreement (Appendix I) in the following manner
are indicated below. (These hourly rates will be added to the contract for this project):
Title/Position Hourly Rate
Principal: $ 210 per hour
Director: $ 155 per hour
Project Architect: $ 110 per hour
Project Manager: $ 110 per hour
Project Coordinator: $ 100 per hour
Interior Designer: $ 110 per hour
Project Captain: $ 90 per hour
Technical Staff: $ 110 per hour
Contract Administrator: $ 85 per hour
Clerical: $ 50 per hour
Estimator: $ 85 per hour
Scheduler: $ 90 per hour
Designer: $ 85 per hour
CADD: $ 65 per hour
Civil Engineer $ 110 per hour
Junior Civil Engineer $ 75 per hour
Structural Engineer $ 115 per hour
Junior Structural Engineer $ 90 per hour
Mechanical Engineer $ 117 per hour
Junior Mechanical Engineer $ 90 per hour
Electrical Engineer $ 117 per hour
Junior Electrical Engineer $ 90 per hour
Fire Protection Engineer $ 115 per hour
Junior Fire Protection Engineer $ 90 per hour
FF&E Coordinator $ 80 per hour
Others as appropriate $ per hour
e. The undersigned Architect hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:
[insert the number and date of each Addendum; if none, insert "None"]
__________________________________________________________________
f. The Architect understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to
waive any technicalities or informalities.
g. The Architect agrees that this Proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty
(120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals.
h. The undersigned Architect agrees that if it is notified in writing by mail, telegraph, facsimile or hand-
delivery of the acceptance of this Proposal, via Notice of Award or otherwise, within one hundred
and twenty (120) calendar days after the date and time fixed for receiving said Proposals, the
undersigned Architect will execute, within three (3) business days of the date of the notice, a contract
for the Design Services and the Work in accordance with the Request for Qualifications in the exact
form provided therein for the Contract Price as agreed upon by the Owner and Architect.
3
Project Name: A/E Services for Dresden Elementary School Replacement RFQu No. 23-752-008
DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 362-35
Page 4 of 5 RFQu Due Date: November 3, 2022
i. The undersigned Architect agrees to commence the Design Services under the Owner’s form of
contract after its receipt of a written Notice to Proceed from the Owner.
By submission of the Proposal, Architect represents and warrants that:
(1) Architect has read and understands the Proposal Documents and the Proposal is made in
accordance therewith;
(2) Architect has read and understands the bidding or proposal documents or contract documents for
other portions of the Project, if any, being bid or offered concurrently or presently under construction,
to the extent that such documentation relates to the Design Services or the Work for which the
Proposal is submitted;
(3) Architect has visited, examined and inspected the site of the Project, obtained first-hand knowledge
of existing conditions, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the
products needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local
conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the Work to be done under the Contract,
and become thoroughly familiar with all conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has
correlated all the Architect’s personal observations and any other facts or conditions that are known
to or reasonably knowable by the Architect with the requirements of the Proposal Documents,
including without limitation the proposed Contract Documents;
(4) the Proposal is based upon furnishing all of the Design Services and the Work, and other things
required by the Proposal Documents; and
(5) all facts stated in the Proposal are true and correct.
By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently,
without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect
or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement
or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair
and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal.
Respectfully submitted,
______________________________________
[typed name of Architect]
By: __________________________________[seal]
[signature]
__________________________________________
[typed name and title]
__________________________________________
[address of Architect]
(_____)____________________________________
[business telephone number]
__________________________________________
[date of execution]
4
Project Name: A/E Services for Dresden Elementary School Replacement RFQu No. 23-752-008
DeKalb County Board of Education Project No. 362-35
Page 5 of 5 RFQu Due Date: November 3, 2022
[If the Architect is a joint venture, utilize the following page of this proposal form for signatures.]
(For Joint Venture Proposals)
By submission of this Proposal, the Architect certifies that this Proposal has been derived independently,
without consultation, communication or agreement as to any matter relating to this Proposal with any other Architect
or with any competitor. The Architect hereby certifies that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement
or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a proposal for the same Project and is in all respects fair
and without collusion or fraud. The Architect agrees to abide by all conditions of the Request for Proposal.
Respectfully submitted ________________________________________________________,
[typed name of Joint Venture]
By: _________________________________
[typed name of Joint Venture partner]
By: __________________________________[seal]
[signature]
__________________________________________
[typed name and title]
__________________________________________
[address of Joint Venture partner]
(_____)____________________________________
[business telephone number]
__________________________________________
[date of execution]
By: __________________________________
[typed name of Joint Venture partner]
By: __________________________________[seal]
[signature]
__________________________________________
[typed name and title]
__________________________________________
[address of Joint Venture partner]
(_____)____________________________________
[business telephone number]
__________________________________________
[date of execution]
5
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT D: OFFEROR’S and INDIVIDUALS’ AFFIDAVIT OF NONCOLLUSION
(This affidavit to be executed in accordance with O.C.G.A. § 36-91-21(e))
STATE OF ______________________
COUNTY OF ____________________
COMES NOW, ________________________________________________________ (“Offeror”),
[Name of Offeror]
appearing by and through __________________________________, its _________________________
[insert name of individual with [title]
authority to bind Offeror]
(averring both individually and in his or her representative capacity on behalf of Offeror) (the “Individual
and Representative Affiant”), and
_____________________________________________________________
[in these blanks insert the names of all those required to give the oath under O.C.G.A. § 36-91-21(e)]
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
(collectively, the “Individual Affiants”), and each of the Individual And Representative Affiant and the
Individual Affiants, after first being duly sworn, deposes and says that:
1. He, she or it, as applicable, has not directly or indirectly violated subsection (d) of the Official
Code of Georgia Annotated Section 36-91-21, which subsection provides as follows:
(d) Whenever a public works construction contract for any governmental entity subject
to the requirements of this chapter is to be let out by competitive sealed bid or proposal, no person,
by himself or herself or otherwise, shall prevent or attempt to prevent competition in such bidding
or proposals by any means whatever. No person who desires to procure such work for himself or
herself or for another shall prevent or endeavor to prevent anyone from making a bid or proposal
therefor by any means whatever, nor shall such person so desiring the work cause or induce
another to withdraw a bid or proposal for the work.
2. If the Offeror is a partnership, then the Individual and Representative Affiant, together with the
Individual Affiants, constitute all of the partners and any officer, agent or other person who may have
represented or acted for them in bidding or proposing for or procuring the contract for the DeKalb County
Board of Education A/E Services for Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement (the
“Project”).
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 2 of 2
3. If the Offeror is a corporation or other entity, then the Individual And Representative Affiant,
together with the Individual Affiants, constitute all officers, agents, or other persons who may have acted
for or represented the corporation or other entity in bidding for or procuring the contract for the Project.
Further, the Individual And Representative Affiant and the Individual Affiants sayeth not.
This _______ day of _______________, 2____
_____________________________________
[insert name of Offeror]
and
___________________________________________
[insert name of Individual And Representative Affiant]
By: ___________________________________, both individually and on behalf of Offeror as its
[signature]
_________________________________
[insert title]
Individual Affiants’ signatures and names:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
x_____________________________________ x____________________________________
Name: Name:
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ___ day of _______________, 2____.
Notary Public: _____________________ My commission expires: __/__/__.
(SEAL)
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT E: CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE AFFIDAVIT
I HEREBY CERTIFY, UNDER OATH, that
1. I (Printed Name), ______________________________________ am the (Title)
_________________________________________________ and I am the duly authorized
representative of the firm of (Firm Name) ______________________________________
_____________________________________________ (the “Firm”) for purposes of this
Affidavit, whose address is (Firm Address) _________________________
________________________, and I possess the legal authority to make this Affidavit on
behalf of myself and the Firm, as follows:
2. The following employee(s), officer(s) or agent(s) of the Firm (collectively, “Firm
Representative”) is/are related, by blood or marriage, to an employee, agent or Board
Member of the DeKalb County Board of Education (collectively, “Owner
Representative”), as indicated below:
Firm Representative Owner Representative Relation
________________ __________________ __________________
________________ __________________ __________________
________________ __________________ __________________
________________ __________________ __________________
________________ __________________ __________________
3. Except as listed below under “EXCEPTIONS”, neither the Firm nor any Firm
Representative have any conflicts of interest, whether real or potential, due to kinship,
ownership, other clients, other contracts, interests, or otherwise concerning the DeKalb
County Board of Education, the Project or any Owner Representative:
EXCEPTIONS (fully disclose and completely explain)
[Continued on Next Page]
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 2 of 2
4. This disclosure is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any
corporation, firm or person submitting a bid, proposal or qualification statement for the same
contract or project, and is in all respects without collusion or fraud.
Wherefore, the foregoing disclosure is fully complete and true, and may be relied upon by the
DeKalb County Board of Education:
Signature: ____________________________________________
Printed Name: ____________________________________________
Firm Name: ____________________________________________
Date: ____________________________________________
Sworn to and described before me this ________ day of _______________________
Personally known: ____________________________________________
OR Produced Identification: ____________________________________________
Type of Identification: ____________________________________________
Notary Public – State of ____________________________________________
My Commission Expires ____________________________________________
Affix Notary Seal Here:
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT F: CONSENT TO RELEASE INFORMATION
The undersigned, having submitted a competitive sealed Proposal to the DeKalb County Board of
Education in respect of a local government entity public works construction project (or being a partner in a
joint venture that has submitted such proposal), hereby authorizes any person or entity having in its
possession, custody or control any information regarding the undersigned to fully disclose and make
available such information to the DeKalb County Board of Education, its agents, attorneys and other
representatives.
This ___ day of _______________, 2_____.
_____________________________________________________
[Printed name of person or entity consenting to release of information]
By: ___________________________________
Printed name: ___________________________
Printed Title: ____________________________
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT G: IMMIGRATION AND SECURITY CERTIFICATION
If you are providing service, performing work or delivering goods to the DeKalb County Board of
Education/DeKalb County School District including, but not limited to schools, warehouses and
central offices, the applicable Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance documents found here
must be completed, signed, notarized and submitted with your bid/proposal. Failure to provide this
document with your bid/proposal will result in the disqualification of the bid/proposal.
1) Offeror/Bidder shall at all times comply with the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act, as
amended, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-90 et. seq.
2) In order to insure compliance with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), D.L. 99-603
and the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act, as amended by the Illegal Immigration Reform
Act of 2011, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-90 et. seq. (collectively the “Act”), the Offeror MUST INITIAL the statement
applicable to Offeror below:
(a) (Initial here): Offeror declares under penalties of perjury that, Offeror
has registered at https://e-verify.uscis.gov/enroll/ to verify information of all new employees
in order to comply with the Act; is authorized to use and uses the federal authorization
program under the federal work authorization user identification number issued on the date
of authorization below; will continue to use the authorization program throughout the
contract period; Offeror further warrants and agrees Offeror shall execute and return any
and all affidavits required by the Act and the rules and regulations issued by the Georgia
Department of Labor as set forth at Rule 300-10-1-.01 et. seq. [Offerors who initial (a)
must attach and return a signed, notarized Contractor Affidavit and Agreement with
the Contract if awarded];
or
(b) ________ (Initial here): Offeror/Bidder warrants that he/she does not employ any
other persons, and he/she does not intend to hire any employees or to perform the
Contract. [Offerors/Bidders who initial (b) must attach and return a signed, notarized
Affidavit of Exception with the Contract if awarded];
or
(c) _______ (Initial here) Offeror/Bidder is an individual who is licensed pursuant to
Title 26 or Title 43 or by the State Bar of Georgia and is in good standing when such contract
is for services to be rendered by such individual and thus does not have to provide an
affidavit.
_ 3) _____ (Initial here) Offeror/Bidder will not employ or contract with any subcontrator in connection
with a covered contract unless the subcontractor is registered, authorized to use, and uses the
federal work authorization program; and provides Offeror/Bidder with all affidavits required by the
Act and the rules and regulations issued by the Georgia Department of Labor as set forth at Rule
300-10-1-.01 et. seq.
4) _____(Initial here) Offeror/Bidder agrees that, if Offeror/Bidder employs or contracts with any
sub-contractor in connection with the covered contract under the Act and DOL Rules 300-10-1-.01,
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 2 of 2
et seq that Offeror/Bidder will secure from each sub-contractor at the time of the contract the sub-
contractor’s name and address, the employee-number applicable to the sub-contractor, the date the
authorization to use the federal work authorization program was granted to sub-contractor; the
subcontractor’s attestation of the subcontractor’s compliance with the Act and Georgia Department
of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.01, et seq.; and the subcontractor’s agreement not to contract with sub-
subcontractors unless the sub-subcontractor is registered, authorized to use, and uses the federal
work authorization program; and provides subcontractor with all affidavits required by the Act and
the rules and regulations issued by the Georgia Department of Labor as set forth at Rule 300-10-1-
.01 et. seq.
5) ______(Initial here) Offeror/Bidder agrees to provide the DeKalb County School District with all
affidavits of compliance as required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-90 et seq. and Georgia Department of
Labor Rules 300-10-1-.01, et seq within five (5) business days of receipt.
_________________________________ ______________________________
Signature Date
____________________________________ _______________________________
EEV/Basic Pilot Program Date of Authorization
User Identification Number
Firm Name: __________________________________________________________
Street/Mailing Address: ________________________________________________
City, State, Zip Code: __________________________________________________
Telephone Number: ___________________________________________________
Email Address: _______________________________________________________
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN
BEFORE ME ON THIS THE
______ DAY OF_____________________, 20____
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
ATTACHMENT H: NO SUBMITTAL RESPONSE FORM
RFQu Number: 23-752-010 DCSD Project No.: 359-35
Title: Professional A/E Services for Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement
If your company will not be submitting a proposal in response to this Request for Qualifications, please complete this
form and return or fax, prior to the RFQu due date established within to:
DeKalb County Board of Education (the “Board”)
Sam A. Moss Service Center - Procurement Services
Attention: Procurement Manager
1780 Montreal Road
Tucker, Georgia 30084-6705
Fax (678) 676-1475
This information will assist Procurement Services in the preparation of future RFQu’s.
Company Name: ______________________________________________________________
Contact: ____________________________________________________________________
Address: ____________________________________________________________________
Telephone: _________________________________ Fax: ____________________________
Email:_______________________________________________________________________
Please check reason for a “no submittal.”
_____ Specifications ‘too tight,” geared toward one brand or manufacturer (explain below)
_____ Insufficient time to respond
_____ Specifications unclear (explain below)
_____ We do not offer this service or an equivalent
_____ Our schedule does not permit us to perform
_____ Unable to meet specifications
_____ Unable to meet bond requirements
_____ Unable to hold prices respondent throughout the term of the contract period
_____ Unable to meet insurance requirements
_____ Other________________________________________________________________
Explanation:__________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
If submitting this form, only this form needs to be returned.
APPLICANTS
RFQu No. 23-752-010
ranking of all Applicants.
Using the ratings noted, Selection
Committee shall provide a numerical
Tabulation of all entries will provide a
evaluation of the Qualifying elements.
POINTS AVAILABLE
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
Score
CERTIFICATE GEORGIA SECRETARY OF STATE
PROJECT NAME: PROFESSIONAL A/E SERVICES
REQUIRED VALID LICENSE
LIVSEY ES MAJOR BUILDING SYSTEM REPLACEMENT
YEARS IN BUSINESS
COMPLIANCE
LOCATION/ADDRESS PHONE OF FIRM'S OFFICES
OWNERS/OFFICERS & PRINCIPALS IN CHARGE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INSURANCE CAPACITY, CLAIMS, AND LITIGATION
30
SUCCESSFUL RELATED ARCHITECTURAL EXPERIENCE
30
PROPOSED PROJECT STAFF AND THEIR FUNCTIONS
EXHIBIT A
15
WORKLOAD
10
EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION
INITIAL SCREENING
15
REFERENCES
TOTAL INITIAL SCREENING
100
30
OVERALL APPROACH, METHODOLOGY & KNOWLEDGE OF THE SITE
25
PROJECT TEAM
25
COST CONTROL
20
PROJECT SCHEDULING
INTERVIEW AND PRESENTATION
TOTAL INTERVIEW AND PRESENTATION
100
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
Preliminary Consultation
The purpose of the Preliminary Consultation is to confirm the existing conditions and requirements and to develop a plan for the
work.
1. Review Scope as provided within the RFQu
2. Review Facility Assessment Report
3. Review As-built Documentation/Building Space Survey
4. Code Review
5. Utilities Review
6. Program/Planning Work Sessions
7. Preliminary Presentation
8. Final Submission
Schematic Design - Minimum Submittal Requirements:
The purpose of the Schematic Design is to confirm that the design solution meets the client’s functional needs as defined in the
Program for the project. Reviewers focus on site use, layout, adjacency requirements, room sizes, and similar issues.
1. Site plans showing:
a) Adjacent building structures
b) Easements and infrastructure/utilities
c) Topographical features and existing plantings
d) Vehicular and pedestrian site access and flow
e) Landscape/ hardscape plan
f) Grading plan
g) Draft of storm meter management plan (as needed)
h) Preliminary site logistics plan
i) Tree protection plan
2. Floor plans showing:
a) Double line room layouts with door swings
b) Public, private and service circulation
c) Vertical circulation through the facility
d) Program room numbers and corresponding program areas on the plans special features
e) Wall ratings and types
3. Elevations:
a) Identify major elements for facility character
Version 1.28.14 Page 1 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
b) Graphical identification of proposed materials with shades and shadows to illustrate depth and volume as well as the
contextual relationships to the Owner’s site as appropriate.
4. Cost information showing:
a) Preliminary cost comparisons between schemes, if applicable
b) Cost of special features or phasing premiums
5. A statement of probable construction cost. At a minimum, the cost estimate must address the systems shown below. A
breakdown into sub-component systems is encouraged but not required. Each component or sub-component must identify
the unit, unit cost, cost per square foot, and the percentage of the total construction cost:
a) General conditions, profit and overhead
b) Site work
c) Foundations
d) Superstructures
e) Exterior closures
f) Roofing
g) Interior construction and finishes
h) Conveying
i) Special construction
j) Fire protection
k) Plumbing
l) HVAC
m) Electrical
n) Controls
o) Communications and security
6. Specifications and Other Information:
a) Include the proposed table of contents
b) Provide an outline specification or narrative indicating materials, types of construction, proposed mechanical
systems, plumbing systems, fire protection, security systems, and proposed electrical and life cycle analysis
investigations
7. A written narrative of the energy and life cycle analysis investigation.
8. An updated project schedule
9. Any special phasing or sequencing
10. Any testing / analysis
11. Any LEED or sustainable design considerations
12. An updated Space and Functional Program specifically identifying any modifications.
13. Life Cycle Cost Analysis.
Version 1.28.14 Page 2 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
Design Development - Minimum Submittal Requirements
In the Design Development Phase, reviewers are looking at methods of construction, materials, building support systems, and
choice of products. Design Development requirements are in addition to Schematic Design Requirements.
1. All comments from the Schematic Design Review Process must be incorporated into the Design Development design
review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included.
2. Civil Discipline
a) Site Grading and Drainage Plan: Show developed drainage concepts, include existing and new contours, drainage
structures (numbered for general reference), and spot grade elevations.
b) Site Utilities Plan: Indicate the plan relationships of existing and proposed utilities. Vertical relationship of the utilities
will be noted by plan notations and profiles. Site plan including grading and site utilities, utility connection points, and a
storm water management design.
c) Planting Plan: Illustrate the center points at desired spacing of major plantings. A key will explain the proposed form
and design characteristics of the plants (large shade tree, flowering ornamental tree, low evergreen shrub, etc.). An
existing tree to remain will have an “o” for its center point. A proposed tree will have an “x” for its center point or
appropriate legend indicators.
d) Design Details: Show the design or detailing to be used in the site development. These details will clarify the
relationship of vertical and horizontal surfaces, steps, walls, and pavements, etc., including edge conditions at adjacent
surfaces.
3. Architectural Discipline
a) Site Layout and Materials Plan: Illustrate the design forms and materials to be used. Major dimensions will be
indicated. All appearance-related design issues should be addressed, resolved, and shown. LEED and sustainable
design and construction should be considered.
b) Dimensioned floor plans indicating structural bay sizes and overall building dimensions. Floor Plan should show
dimensions of major elements and final partition locations, including all openings.
c) Exterior and core wall sections showing final dimensional relationships, materials, and component relationships.
d) Floor Plan showing all fixed and loose equipment
e) Large-scale plans and sections
f) Room finish schedule identifying all finishes.
g) Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly
addressed)
h) Building sections.
i) Door and hardware schedule showing door, frame, and fire ratings, if any.
j) Window schedule showing types and sizes.
k) Preliminary development of details.
l) Reflected ceiling plan including ceiling grid, light fixtures, and all devices that penetrate or are mounted upon finished
ceiling.
m) Interior movable furniture, office equipment, demountable partitions and system furniture, layouts for all departments
and floors, including proposed building signage system.
n) Gross and net area calculations by department to determine compliance with Program of Requirements.
o) A thorough outline technical specification, including selected acceptable manufacturers.
Version 1.28.14 Page 3 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
4. Structural Discipline
a) Foundation drawings.
b) Floor plan with all structural members located and sized.
c) Footing, beam, column, and connection schedules.
d) Final floor elevations.
5. Plumbing and Mechanical Disciplines
a) Heating and cooling load calculations for each individual space, including cooling requirements for heat loads
generated by office equipment, personal computers, etc.
b) Mechanical equipment schedule indicating size and capacity.
c) Plumbing Fixtures Schedule.
d) Floor plans showing mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures. All equipment and fixtures should be shown and
located.
e) Floor plans that show main ductwork distribution, branch ductwork, and plumbing piping. All ductwork and piping
should be located and sized to coordinate with structural framing system.
f) All ceiling-mounted devices should be located.
g) Legend showing all symbols used on drawings.
6. Electrical Disciplines
a) Floor plans locating all power-consuming equipment with a description of the equipment load characteristics.
b) Estimate total electric load, confirm Design Manual required excess capacity.
c) Floor plans showing all major electrical equipment (switchgear, distribution panels, emergency generator, transfer
switches, UPS system, etc.), which will be dimensioned and drawn to scale.
d) Site plan showing preliminary site lighting design with pole and fixture type designations.
e) Floor plans showing lighting layout, power, telecommunications, and office automation devices and switches with
preliminary circuiting.
f) Estimate interior electrical loads for systems furniture, receptacles, lighting, food service equipment and any other
special use areas, etc.
g) Preliminary Distribution Panel Schedules.
7. Cost Information Showing:
a) Relocation costs (temporary and permanent)
b) Contingencies
c) Temporary services
d) Confirm scope and budget
e) Proposed V/E items
8. Other Deliverables
a) Schedule of Spaces: Provide a comparative schedule of spaces arranged in tabular form, listing the building’s
various spaces and showing the original square footage allotted in the approved Program for each space. Any
deviations from the approved Space and Functional Program, involving square footage or otherwise, must be clearly
indicated.
b) Survey and geotechnical information are required as part of the Design Development Documents.
Version 1.28.14 Page 4 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
c) Project Specification Manual complete with all Division 01: “General Requirements” sections and technical
sections. General Requirements sections unique to the project, such as including temporary facilities and
Supplementary Conditions, must be fully developed. With each technical specification section, for each product or
material specified, include a photocopy of a cut sheet of the basis of design components and at least two acceptable
components specified.
d) Final Life Cycle Cost Analysis.
e) Detailed Cost Estimate building on the estimate previously developed in Schematic Design
f) Information provided outside the initial scope of services and based on subsequent written authorization must be
clearly noted.
g) Final site logistics plan showing access, laydown area, traffic re-routing, pedestrian access and flow, fencing,
construction parking, etc.
30% Construction Document – Minimal Submittal Requirements
30% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all Design Development information
plus the following:
1. All comments from the Design Development review process must be incorporated into the 30% Construction Document
design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be
included.
2. Cover Sheet(s)
a) Name and address of Owner, Architect, Project Number
b) Vicinity map
c) Location map
d) Index to all drawings
3. Site Plan
e) Abbreviation and symbol glossary
f) A certified plot plan (sealed by a licensed land surveyor)
g) A grading plan 1’-0” or 2’-0” increments with appropriate sections
h) Sediment control and storm water management plans and profiles
i) Local governing utility standards included in all utility details
j) Standard details must be modified to suit project conditions. All non-applicable information must be deleted.
k) Existing and proposed electrical, gas, sewer, water, storm drainage, telephone and TV cable utilities must be identified.
l) Utility designs must show plan, profile, and all fittings and details required by code and local government standards.
4. Landscape
a) An overall site plan showing plantings, irrigation and drainage system, site lighting, and all site development features
5. Architectural
a) A basic floor plan of the entire facility showing minimal detail with a grid or column reference system showing overall
building layout dimensions, core spaces, Owner-numbered or named rooms, room square footage, floor opening
penetrations, etc. Fire ratings of all partitions, fire doors, etc., should be clearly denoted.
b) A dimensioned floor plan locating all interior partitions and exterior wall partitions from the grid or column reference
system. Floor plan should include room workstation designations, interior and exterior door and window designations.
Version 1.28.14 Page 5 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
c) Room wall elevations for all non-typical walls.
d) Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations.
e) Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill
conditions.
f) Interior and exterior finish and color schedule (exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly
addressed).
g) Details to illustrate transitions between finish materials and construction types. Major building sections in at least two
directions. A sufficient number of details to clearly indicate the method of construction for all building components and
include, but not be limited to: walls, floors, roofing assemblies, waterproofing systems, insulating systems, interior and
exterior finishes, architectural details, interior stairs and elevators.
h) Final locations of major equipment must be shown on the floor plan with associated floor loadings being shown on the
structural drawings.
i) Partition-type schedule and section details for all interior, exterior, and floor wall conditions.
j) Roof plan showing all roofing material, roof drains, overflows, access hatches, roof walk pads, roof drainage slopes
and elevations, scuppers, skylights, and mechanical and plumbing penetrations. Details must be provided for all edge,
parapet, and flashing conditions.
k) All exterior building elevations showing finish materials, exterior door and window openings and designations, lights,
louvers, grilles, signage, speakers, and other devices.
l) All structural members included in, or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size
verified by the structural engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.
m) A reflected ceiling plan showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads,
security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type
should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.
n) All mechanical/electrical elements included in or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and
the size verified by the design engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.
o) Code Analysis Information such as: fire resistance plans and building code construction type and occupancy
information
6. Structural
a) A dimensioned foundation plan showing and locating in plan and in elevation all footing, foundations, foundation piers,
caissons, grade beams, reinforcement with all layouts for masonry, and anchor bolts.
b) A dimensioned floor plan for each floor, showing all beams, beam sizes, duct and piping penetrations, construction
joints, expansion joints, edge conditions, imbedded anchors and frames thickened slabs, recessed slabs stair
penetrations, elevator shafts, floor loading, top of structure elevation and reinforcement.
c) Footing, column, grade beam, caissons, piers, reinforcement, and beam schedules.
d) Dimensioned to scale details showing all conditions, connections, and structural sizes.
e) Shear walls clearly shown on plan and schedule if symbol code is used.
f) Abbreviation and symbol glossary.
g) Fastener/connection schedule.
h) Elevations of all footings, elevations to top of all beams, columns, recesses, and floors.
i) Roof beam plan, elevator hoist beams.
7. Mechanical
Version 1.28.14 Page 6 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
a) Abbreviation and symbol glossary.
b) Mechanical equipment schedule.
c) Exterior louver schedule, as coordinated with architectural louvers.
d) Floor plans indicating ductwork with sizes, ductwork mechanical devices, beams for floor above with ductwork
penetrations.
e) HVAC plan showing final location of all ceiling-mounted mechanical devices, which include but are not limited to:
diffusers, return air grilles, and thermostats.
f) Floor plans should indicate housekeeping pads and weight of concentrated loads.
8. Plumbing
a) Fixture/connection schedule
b) Abbreviations/symbol glossary
c) Floor plans indicating domestic hot and cold water, storm, waste, vent, and gas piping plans, including all valves,
unions, fixtures, pipe sizes, and riser diagrams, etc.
d) Areas of concentrated plumbing equipment (hot water heaters, circulating pumps, etc.) must be enlarged from the
basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” detail in both plan and section views.
9. Electrical
a) Lighting fixture schedule finalized
b) Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting
c) Power riser diagram for interior lighting systems
d) Abbreviations and symbol glossary
e) Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan started
f) Fan/motor control schedule/diagram
g) Power riser diagram and main distribution panel layout in large enough scale so each run can be clearly seen.
h) Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including
circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. started
i) Separate plans for power, voice, and data must be provided
j) HVAC plan indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency
exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. started
k) Main service entrance connection diagram as verified and coordinated with the governing power utility; locations of
services entrances and transformers must be verified with the Architect
10. Statement of Probable Construction Cost
a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 30% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based
upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the Design Development
Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information
adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability
Review comments.
11. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination
a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing
a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of
the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are
required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.
Version 1.28.14 Page 7 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
80% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements
80% Percent Completed Construction Documents deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all 30% Submittal information plus
the following:
1. All comments from the 30% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 80% Construction
Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated.
2. Civil
a) All civil documents should be 100% complete.
3. Landscape
a) Details and sections of all site development features, sidewalks, curbs, paving stones, bollards, ramps, exterior stairs,
lawn areas showing seeding methods, etc.
b) All landscape conditions should be thoroughly detailed.
c) A symbol glossary
d) Planting schedule
e) Seeding schedule
f) Modify standard details to suit project conditions and delete all non-applicable information
4. Architectural
a) Interior signage locations must be shown on the floor plan complete with details and schedules.
b) Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations
c) Interior and exterior window, door and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, and sill
conditions
d) Completion of all wall sections, enlarged toilet plans, enlarged floor plans, wall elevations, finish/color floor plans,
finish/color boards (both interior and exterior)
e) Completion of FF&E plans, and vertical circulation plans and sections
f) Completion of all final roofing and waterproofing details
5. Mechanical
a) Floor plan indicating the sprinkler and standpipe riser systems, including all required pumps and control devices.
b) Fire damper schedule and location of dampers on each floor.
c) Ductwork sound attenuation schedule.
d) Vibration isolation schedule.
e) Terminal control box schedule with electrical and air volume requirements.
f) Chilled water, condenser, refrigerant, fuel oil, steam and gas riser piping floor plans and riser diagrams, and
schematics, including pipe sizes. Piping schematics must be in large enough scale to clearly indicate all control
devices, valves, unions, and miscellaneous appurtenances.
g) Areas of concentrated mechanical equipment must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-
0”, illustrating detailed ductwork and equipment within the mechanical room in both plan and section views; coil access
and filter access are to be shown to scale as verification of clearance.
h) Access doors – both wall and ceiling, must be called out at each applicable location as coordinated with the
architectural drawings (rated where applicable).
Version 1.28.14 Page 8 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
i) Duct/piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and
verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated
assemblies.
j) Locate on the floor plans all controls system equipment and provide a panel and device schedule, indicator and panel
graphics complete with sequence of operation and control system program diagram.
6. Plumbing
a) Piping and insulation jacket dimensions are to be coordinated with architectural finishes and casework; all exposed
piping is to be verified with the Architect.
b) Plan drawing of all water and sanitary branch piping for installation of interior equipment and fixtures.
c) Typical piping riser schematics for all gravity flow piping systems.
d) Access panels, doors, and provisions in both walls and ceilings are to be shown on floor plans for all valves, cleanouts,
and caps, etc.
e) Connections to existing and new building utilities must be clearly shown. Requirements of governing utilities must be
determined and clearly detailed and shown. Connection details and elevations must be checked and coordinated with
applicable civil drawings.
f) Design details
g) Piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified
by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated
assemblies.
7. Electrical
a) Lighting fixture schedule completed
b) Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting completed
c) Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan completed
d) Floor plan showing location of all fire alarm device/panel schedule, indicator graphics, riser diagram including activated
hardware and pull stations. Confirm activated hardware with hardware schedule.
e) Floor plan showing location of all intercom devices, panel schedule and location, and program riser diagram.
f) Floor plan showing location of all security devices, panel schedule and locations, and riser diagram.
g) Floor plan showing location of all intercom and TV outlets and devices.
h) Telephone board schedule and riser diagram coordinated to equipment size requirements and connection provisions
with the governing telephone utility and Owner requirements.
i) TV terminal/splitter and riser diagram coordinated as to equipment size requirements and connection provisions to
antenna and cable TV system.
j) Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including
circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. completed
k) Floor plan indicating power connections to all mechanical equipment.
l) Power and lighting plans indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm,
emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. completed
m) Areas of concentrated electrical equipment, and electric vault rooms in particular, must be enlarged from the basic floor
plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” and must be shown in plan and elevation.
n) Sheet notes must be applicable to each sheet. Standard notes and details must be modified to specific conditions.
Version 1.28.14 Page 9 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
o) Access to systems must be verified. Doors, panels or other provisions must be called out in all wall and ceiling
locations for junction boxes, controls, or any other device requiring access.
p) Raceway penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and
verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated
assemblies.
q) A dimensioned floor plan showing wire management system with openings located for voice data, video and electrical
and outlet locations. This is more typically done by the electrical engineer
8. Statement of Probable Construction Cost
a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 80% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based
upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 30% Completed
Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information
adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability
Review comments.
9. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination
a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing
a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of
the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are
required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.
10. Other Deliverables
a) Commissioning final plan
b) Updated project schedule
100% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements
1. Submittal for 100% complete documents will be the same as the 80% submittal requirements with all appropriate 80%
review comments from the Owner incorporated within the drawings and specifications.
2. All comments from the 80% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 100% Construction
Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated.
Review, Comment and Approval Submissions to DCSD:
1. Schematic Design Phase (Preliminary Design Submittal for GaDOE)
2. Design Development Phase
3. 30% Construction Documents Phase (Check Set Submittal for GaDOE)
4. 80% Construction Documents Phase
5. 100% Construction Documents Phase (Final Submittal for GaDOE)
Building Permit
1. Submit for Building Permit
2. Submit for L.D. Permit
3. Incorporate Permit Review Comments
Version 1.28.14 Page 10 of 11
Appendix B - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements
(Stated Cost Limitation Value > $2M)
Bid Negotiations
1. Bid Period
2. Pre-Bid Conference
3. Negotiations & Award
4. Begin Construction
Phasing (as appropriate)
(List Phasing as appropriate
Version 1.28.14 Page 11 of 11
APPENDIX C
DeKalb County School District
Educational Specifications
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Version: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
ES Space Summary 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Total SF IU Total SF
1 Core Academics 50 47,295 66 62,720
2 Special Education 4 3,860 5 4,860
3 Performing & Visual Arts 2 2,280 3 3,270
4 Media Center (sized for FTE+300) 1 5,235 1 6,215
5 Physical Education 1 5,175 1 8,290
6 Cafeteria & Kitchen (sized for FTE+300) 0 9,100 0 11,027
7 Administration & Guidance 0 5,745 0 6,950
8 Building Services 0 8,190 0 10,600
Subtotal 58 86,880 76 113,932
Circulation, common areas etc. at +/‐35% 31,571 40,394
Total 58 118,631 76 154,326
9 Outdoor Spaces
10 Parking
IU : Instructional Unit FTE: Full Time Equivalent SF: Square Feet
PLEASE SEE NOTE ON THE INTENDED USE OF THIS DOCUMENT ON THE NEXT PAGE.
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 1 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
NOTE: This document outlines the DeKalb County School District's intended designs for 900‐seat
and 1200‐seat elementary schools. These Educational Specifications address core size standards
(i.e., physical education, kitchen, cafeteria, and media center), the program or distribution of
classroom types (i.e., general classrooms, special education spaces, , etc.), the size of the
classrooms and other spaces, provision of outdoor facilities, and parking requirements, etc. for a
new elementary school. Please note that these educational specifications are for the
construction of a new elementary school. For other improvements, such as an addition to an
existing elementary school, these educational specifications will provide general guidance or
“targets” to the architects of record for these type of projects.
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 2 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
Core Academics
1 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
1.1 Pre‐K Classroom 1 880 880 2 880 1,760
1.1a Kindergarten Classroom 9 9 880 7,920 12 12 880 10,560
1.1b Duplex Toilets (shared vestibule, 2 toilets) 5 150 750 6 150 900
1.2 First Grade Classroom 8 8 880 7,040 11 11 880 9,680
1.3 Second and Third Grade Classroom 15 15 750 11,250 22 22 750 16,500
1.4 Fourth and Fifth Grade Classroom‐ Standard 8 8 750 6,000 10 10 750 7,500
1.4a Fourth and Fifth Grade Classroom ‐Enlarged 5 5 800 4,000 6 6 800 4,800
1.5 Science Lab 1 1 1,000 1,000 1 1 1,000 1,000
1.5a Science Prep Room / Storage 1 100 100 1 120 120
1.6 Other Classrooms: Discovery, Math, World 4 4 800 3,200 4 4 800 3,200
Languages, ESOL, etc.
1.7 Flexible Space ‐ Standard 3 300 900 4 300 1,200
1.7a Flexible Space ‐ Medium 3 450 1,350 4 450 1,800
1.7b Flexible Space ‐ Large 3 600 1,800 4 600 2,400
1.8 Book room / IT device storage 2 320 640 2 340 680
1.8a IT device storage 3 155 465 4 155 620
Core Academic Subtotal 50 47,295 66 62,720
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 3 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
2 Special Education 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
2.1 Special Ed Classroom 2 2 780 1,560 3 3 780 2,340
2.1a Duplex Toilets (shared vestibule, 2 toilets) 1 220 220 2 220 440
2.2 Special Ed Classroom 2 2 900 1,800 2 2 900 1,800
2.3 Single toilet with changing room 1 130 130 1 130 130
2.4 Speech Therapy 1 150 150 1 150 150
Special Education Subtotal 4 3,860 5 4,860
Special Needs 6‐8
Proposed Spaces
3 Visual & Performing Arts 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
3.1 Music Room 1 1 950 950 1 1 950 950
3.1b Storage 1 150 150 1 150 150
3.6 Art Lab 1 1 950 950 2 2 950 1,900
3.6a Visual Arts Storage 1 160 160 1 200 200
3.6b Kiln Room 1 70 70 1 70 70
Visual & Performing Arts Subtotal 2 2,280 3 3,270
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 4 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
4 Media Center (sized for FTE+300) 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
4.1 Reading Room 1 1 3,350 3,350 1 1 4,100 4,100
4.1a Office 1 270 270 1 165 165
4.1b Conference 1 200 200 1 300 300
4.1c Secure Storage 1 400 400 1 150 150
4.1d Maker Space ‐ "Sand Box" 1 300 300 1 800 800
4.1f Workroom / Storage 1 310 310 1 300 300
4.1g Media Distribution/ Video Production Studio 1 405 405 1 400 400
Media Center Subtotal 1 5,235 1 6,215
DCSD Standard SF Target = 1.09 x GaDOE Minimum
Proposed Spaces
5 Physical Education 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
5.1 Gymnasium 1 1 4,640 4,640 1 1 4,640 4,640
5.1a Auxiliary Gym 0 0 1 2,800 2,800
5.1b Storage 2 175 350 4 140 560
5.1c Office / Bathroom: PE teachers 1 185 185 2 145 290
Physical Education Subtotal 1 5,175 1 8,290
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 5 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
Cafeteria & Kitchen
6 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
(sized for FTE+300)
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
6.1 Cafeteria/Student Seating Area 1 4,150 4,150 1 5,080 5,080
6.1a Table & Chair Storage, PTA closet 1 220 220 1 320 320
6.1b Stage 1 1,175 1,175 1 1,207 1,207
6.1c Storage / Controls 1 175 175 1 225 225
6.2 Kitchen 1 830 830 1 950 950
6.2a Serving Lines 2 425 850 3 425 1,275
6.2b Dry Goods Storage 1 375 375 1 450 450
6.2c Cooler 1 160 160 1 240 240
6.2d Freezer 1 250 250 1 340 340
6.2e Dish Wash Area 1 235 235 1 235 235
6.2f Kitchen Mgr. Office 1 125 125 1 125 125
6.2g Restroom / Locker room/ Laundry 1 280 280 1 290 290
6.2h Exterior Can Wash 1 50 50 1 50 50
6.2i Internal Circulation 1 225 225 1 240 240
Cafeteria & Kitchen Subtotal 0 9,100 0 11,027
DCSD Standard SF Target = Cafeteria :1.2 x GaDOE Minimum; Kitchen: 1.15 x GaDOE Minimum
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 6 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
7 Administration & Counseling 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
7.01 Reception Lobby 1 510 510 1 510 510
7.01a Administration Corridor 1 420 420 1 420 420
7.02 Principal's Office with closet, restroom 1 325 325 1 330 330
7.03 Conference Room 1 300 300 1 300 300
7.04 Office (Bookkeeper, Specialist, ITT) 3 160 480 3 160 480
7.05 Mail/Work/Copy Room 1 320 320 1 340 340
7.05a Administrative Storage 1 165 165 1 185 185
7.05b Records / Vault Storage 1 155 155 1 175 175
7.06 Testing Workroom with secure storage 1 250 250 1 250 250
7.07 Health Clinic with supply closet, rest room 1 500 500 1 320 320
7.08 Satellite Admin. Suite: Ass't Principal Off. 2 155 310 3 155 465
7.08a Conference Room 2 200 400 3 200 600
7.09 Counselor's Office 2 160 320 3 165 495
7.09a Lobby / Waiting 1 150 150 1 100 100
7.09b Counseling conference room 1 250 250 1 250 250
7.09c Storage 1 70 70 1 90 90
7.10 Teacher Planning Room /restrooms 1 820 820 2 820 1,640
Administration & Counseling Subtotal 0 5,745 0 6,950
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 7 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Elementary School Grades Pre‐K to 5
Educational Specifications
Proposed Spaces
8 Building Services 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
8.1 Battery Restrooms 6 665 3,990 8 665 5,320
8.2 Visitor/staff toilet rooms 8 55 440 10 55 550
8.3 Main Custodial Room 1 225 225 2 250 500
8.3a Branch Custodial Rooms 3 100 300 4 100 400
8.3b Main Custodial Supply 1 200 200 1 225 225
8.3c Custodian Office / restroom 1 150 150 1 150 150
8.4 General Building Storage 3 150 450 4 150 600
8.4a Exterior equipment storage 1 200 200 1 200 200
8.5 Main Mechanical Plant 1 630 630 1 700 700
8.6 Main Electrical Room 1 210 210 1 225 225
8.6a Branch Electrical Room 7 120 840 9 120 1,080
8.7 Main Dist. Frame MDF 1 235 235 1 250 250
8.7a Intermediate Dist. Frame IDF 4 80 320 5 80 400
Building Services Subtotal 0 8,190 0 10,600
Proposed Spaces
9 Outdoor Spaces 58 IU 900 FTE 76 IU 1200 FTE
IU Quantity SF Total IU Quantity SF Total
9.1 Science Terrace 1 1,000 1 1,000
9.2 Art Terrace 1 1,000 1 1,000
9.3 Play ground: Separate structures for Pre‐K to 1 1
2nd, 3rd to 5th
9.4 Play court: 65'x 125' 1 8,125 1 8,125
9.5 Play field: 1.5 acre minimum; 2 acres target 1 1
10 Parking
2 spaces per IU 116 152
DeKalb County School District
Operations Division, Design Construction Department 8 of 8 VERSION: 5/25/2018
Design Guidelines for Facility
Construction
VERSION 2018.04.04
Department of Design and Construction
Operations Division
Sam Moss Service Center
1780 Montreal Road
Tucker, GA 30084
1
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
These Design Guideline requirements reflect DeKalb County
School District’s (DCSD) experience in building and operating
schools. They are provided to assist Design Professionals in
preparing contract documents for new schools, additions, and renovation projects.
The aim is to balance the need for instructional functionality with aesthetics,
accessibility, operability, sustainability, and security so that all students, staff, and
community members feel welcome and safe.
The Design Guideline requirements are organized in sixteen (16) divisions similar to the Master Format
industry standard specification divisions. Technical specifications for each DCSD project shall be
prepared by and be the legal responsibility of the Design Professional of Record. This document serves
as a guideline to the project designer of minimum performance standards and expectations the District
has for school construction. They are not intended to be complete technical specifications. The Design
Professional shall be responsible for incorporating these requirements into the appropriate contract
documents. Any deviation from these guidelines must be approved in writing by DCSD staff.
All requirements noted shall be assumed to apply to every school type, unless specifically noted. DCSD
or its designee shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining the DeKalb County School
District Design Guidelines.
Design Professionals shall coordinate use of these Design Guideline requirements with related
documents and regulations, including, but not limited to:
Georgia Department of Education (GaDOE) Architectural Review Documents: GaDOE requires
that Construction Documents for DCSD projects comply with GaDOE standards and be
submitted for formal review. These standards and review requirements are posted on the
GADOE Facilities Services Resources website: http://www.GaDOE.org/Finance‐and‐Business‐
Operations/Facilities‐Services/Pages/Facilities‐Services‐Resources.aspx. Drawing submittals
require coordination with the current GADOE “Curriculum and Space Needs” form for each
project. These forms will be provided by GADOE through the DCSD Program Manager.
Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Grants Administration Documents: At projects where
GADOE will provide funding, additional documentation is required. These documents are also
posted on the GADOE Facilities Services Resources website.
The following DeKalb County School District (DCSD) guiding documents are posted on the DCSD website
(www.dekalbschoolsga.org):
Local Five‐Year Facilities Plan
DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications: Educational Specifications
provide descriptions of typical programmed spaces for each of the three main types of schools:
Elementary, Middle and High. These Design Guidelines describes construction requirements
applicable to all types of schools.
2
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL
01.01 Facility Planning
1. Grades to be Housed: Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed
to house the following grade levels:
a. Elementary: Kindergarten (K), First (1st), Second (2nd), Third (3rd), Fourth (4th) and
Fifth (5th) grades.
b. Middle: Sixth (6th), Seventh (7th) and Eighth (8th) Grades.
c. High: Ninth (9th), Tenth (10th), Eleventh (11th) and Twelfth (12th) Grades.
2. Building Capacity: The District’s Planning Department will determine the Full Time Equivalent
(FTE) Capacity for new schools in the DeKalb County School District.
3. Building Core: The “core” consists of ancillary spaces that support the classroom instructional
spaces. These include the Cafeteria, Kitchen and Media Center. The GADOE has issued rules
setting forth minimum floor areas for such spaces, based upon FTE. Thus, provision for
expansion must begin with planning for a “core” large enough to support the largest practical
FTE contemplated for a given site. Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall
be designed with the following core capacity:
a. Elementary Future FTE: plan for minimum 40% increase
b. Middle Future FTE: plan for minimum 30% increase
c. High Future FTE: plan for minimum 25% increase
4. Future Expansion: Any new design for DCSD facilities should be configured with future growth in
mind, to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original structure or
site. For new buildings or major additions, indicate area for future expansion on the
architectural site plan.
01.02 Room Numbers
DeKalb County School District requires incorporation of a single room numbering system for all
drawings, schedules and signage installed on the building, including: All architectural submittal drawings
1. GADOE Inventory Drawings
2. Door and Finish Schedules
3. HVAC Equipment, Automated Temperature Controls and Energy Systems
4. Signage on the building
To achieve this, the Architect shall develop a logical building and room numbering system at the
Schematic Planning stage. The sequence of room numbers shall be assigned based on ease of locating
rooms in the completed building. In order to direct students, staff and visitors, the sequence shall start
at the Main Entrance and progress in a logical sequence throughout the building. Random numbering of
rooms is not acceptable.
Room numbers shall be all numeric as required for GADOE Inventory. Major room numbers at multi‐
story buildings shall be 4 digits starting with the floor level, and progress around the building in
sequence (Room number 1211 indicates 1st floor, 2nd wing or Corridor, 11th room). Small spaces within
major rooms or suites shall be identified with the major room number plus numeric suffix (# 1211.1).
3
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Where possible use whole thousands for wings or corridors (1200) and use postal odd‐even progressive
numbers down corridors (odd on right (1211), even on left (1212). All spaces must be numbered
including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms. Stairs, elevator and service rooms may be
numbered as a suffix of the corridor leading to them. One story buildings shall be similar, but may use 3
digits when identification of the story is not needed. Room numbers at additions shall extend existing
Inventory Drawing numbers without repeats.
Architect shall present building and room numbering system to DCSD for review and approval before
incorporating them into the construction documents. After room numbers are approved they shall not
be casually altered without specific approval of DCSD Facilities Services Department. See Division 10 ‐
Room Signage.
01.03 GADOE Inventory Drawings
For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare Inventory Drawings. These documents
are required by the GADOE for the Local Facility Plan, and are used by DCSD for convenient reference.
Inventory Drawing standards include:
Deliver the Inventory Drawings to DCSD, formatted and saved in AutoCAD 2010.
The following layer list should be used:
1. Building walls shall be drawn in a simplified 2‐D drawing format using Auto CAD and show
only the net exposed surface of walls. (i.e., no hatching or interior chases)
2. Show windows as a single Cyan Line without spandrels or sills.
3. Show doors and swing as single lines similar to walls without thresholds or heads.
4. Eliminate unnecessary detail features which may interfere with the readability of text at the
prescribed sheet size.
5. Identify all spaces, including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms, with room name,
room number and net area.
6. Standard sheet size = 11” x 17” without border
7. Do not use more than one sheet per floor level.
4
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
8. All text must be readable without magnification when printed on 11” x 17 sheet. Use
following Fonts and colors to better distinguish room identification:
Font styles:
Georgia
9. Net Room Areas shall be calculated based on the inside face of walls.
10. Gross building areas shall be calculated to the exterior surface of exterior walls. Do not
include overhangs.
11. Provide separate area calculations for mechanical mezzanines and canopies.
12. Text shall be individually positioned for each space for best readability.
13. Additions shall be identified with a yellow phantom line border and a title box showing
GADOE Building Number, Year when first occupied, and Gross Area.
14. Refer to typical existing Inventory Drawings for required Schedules, Tables and overall
Format.
01.04 Fire Evacuation Plans
For all new buildings and additions, the Design Professional shall prepare evacuation plans in accordance
with DeKalb County Fire Marshal regulations. Upon construction completion, these plans will be
mounted on interior walls throughout the facility to direct building occupants to exits.
1. For phased projects, intermediate evacuation plans are required for each phase.
2. Plans shall show simplified floor plan in black, with exit routes in red, on white background.
3. Deliver the Fire Evacuation Plans to DCSD in .pdf format at 11” X 17”.
4. To properly mount the plans, the Design professional shall specify a protective acrylic frame,
and locate mounting locations for contractor to install.
01.05 Proprietary Specifications
1. Technical Specifications shall generally be performance‐based and include a minimum of 3
acceptable manufacturers actively bidding in Georgia. These shall be reviewed by DCSD or its
designee in order to confirm acceptability.
2. It is the desire of DeKalb County School District to utilize proprietary specifications for items for
which there are less than three acceptable manufacturers or for items for which new purchases
must be of the same manufacturer as existing to achieve system wide compatibility and
economical use of funds in the maintenance of the systems. The current list of approved items is
in the appendix to this document.
3. The DCSD designee will furnish a letter of justification for each project, which must be submitted
with final documents to the Georgia Department of Education. The Design Professional shall
verify that the latest and most current document is used in Contract Documents.
5
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
01.06 Applicable Codes and Building Standards
The Design Professional is responsible for ensuring that all designs for
DCSD projects comply with all applicable building codes. We depend on
the expertise of our design professionals to support and protect our
community.
ADA and DCSD
1. All new school construction for DCSD must be designed and constructed in full compliance with
all requirements of the current edition Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Georgia
Accessibility Code. For major additions and renovations, areas of non‐compliance throughout
the entire existing building should be assessed by the design professional, even if outside the
scope of work. A brief synopsis of this information, along with proposed future solutions,
should be included in the designer’s preliminary report.
2. For remodeling, enlarging a toilet stall for ADA‐compliance will often result in fewer fixtures
available at the school, which has adverse effects. Any proposed reduction to the overall
number of water closets, urinals, or lavatories must be approved early in the project in writing
by the DCSD Design Manager.
3. Frequently overlooked items related to ADA compliance include:
At least one bench in each locker room shall provide back support
All electric water coolers (not just those in corridors) or other items that project from
the wall must be recessed or otherwise protected for compliance.
Provide contrast nosings at all stair treads.
The number of accessible parking spaces to be provided is determined by the aggregate
total of all spaces provided on the school site.
Renovations to an existing restroom shall include proper location of all toilet
accessories.
Provide stable, accessible route (concrete walkway preferred) to all play areas and play
equipment.
01.07 Acoustic Standards
The Design Professional shall be responsible for incorporating
appropriate acoustic design measures into the Construction Documents.
Follow GADOE guidelines and current industry standards such as
ASHRAE and ANSI Standard S12.60 guidelines regarding acoustic design
of classrooms. Building areas requiring special acoustic attention
include but are not limited to stage area, auditorium, gymnasium,
cafeteria and music areas.
Design considerations include:
Sound quality: controlling excessive reverberation, eliminating or minimizing echoes, and
shaping rooms to create uniform sound field in audience areas.
6
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Minimizing impact of equipment noise and vibration when locating mechanical equipment:
Maximum noise emissions of equipment shall be specified. To avoid vibration transfer, provide
adequate isolation of all equipment with moving parts from the building structure.
Addressing noise intrusion from plumbing and impact noise from lockers, basketball backboards,
etc. into acoustically sensitive rooms.
Speech privacy shall be provided at offices, conference rooms and speech therapy rooms.
Provide sound attenuation in corridors (“Commons”) in student queuing areas leading to
Cafeteria and Gymnasium entrances.
01.07 Close‐out Process
Close‐out procedures shall be incorporated into the project from the start of design. The Design
Professional shall coordinate with the Capital Improvements Program team to establish expectations
regarding documentation.
1. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual Notebooks for all systems and equipment no later
than (30) days prior to Project Substantial Completion Date.
2. Provide keys, valve schedules, attic stock materials, instruction confirmations and as‐built
drawings no later than the Project Substantial Completion Date. Deliver keys directly to Owner.
3. Provide all required warranties, inspection reports, governing certificates and other remaining
required items within thirty (30) days following the project Substantial Completion Date.
Provide all warranties in a separate 3‐ring binder with warranties organized by CSI designation.
4. Provide itemized list of Kitchen equipment with brand, model and serial number for each piece
along with cost.
5. Technical Specifications shall address requirements for training sessions for owner orientation
and instruction for all building equipment and systems. Minimally, these shall include:
a. Providing a training schedule spreadsheet for distribution to Owner at least one week
before training.
b. Providing a video record of all trainings for future reference.
01.08 DCSD: An Environmentally Conscious School System
DeKalb County School Board Policy EBL adopted in 2008, defines the District’s goal to “establish and
maintain an environmentally conscious school system.” This policy is available for viewing on our
website, www.dekalbschoolsga.org. It is the District’s policy to promote healthy and sustainable
educational environments through the design, construction, operations, and maintenance of its
facilities. Architects, engineers, and contractors should review, discuss, and work with the District to
establish the goals in this respect for each project at the beginning of the design and construction phase.
DeKalb County School District recognizes the environmental impact of its buildings and the importance
of green design and green building practices. Architects and engineers are encouraged to incorporate
energy performance in the design process and design energy efficient buildings to achieve high
performance buildings that will lower the schools overall operating and maintenance costs.
DIVISION 2 ‐ SITE
7
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
02.01 Site Design: Circulation
1. For new facilities and major renovations, the Design Professional shall develop a master plan
which provides for the programmed needs defined by DeKalb County School District including
considerations for future expansion to the core capacity. In addition, classroom areas should be
configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original
structure or site.
2. For additions to existing facilities, the Design Professional shall provide DCSD with an overall as‐
built site plan showing entire extent of site, including all existing and new structures, paving, and
site improvements.
3. Every school site shall be designed with a minimum of two (2) vehicular entrances in and out,
preferably from two separate streets.
4. Site traffic circulation shall be designed with separate car and bus traffic routes that should not
conflict. Layout shall not require driving service vehicles through parking lots to access the
service areas; provide direct access to service area from bus loop or other main site circulation
driveway.
5. Provide walkway access from adjacent streets, parking, bus loading and sports facilities.
Walkways at high traffic areas shall be sized and located to avoid trampling of adjacent lawns
and landscaping especially at building entrances and at heavily traveled routes to play areas.
6. Provide gates or bollards to restrict vehicular access onto entrance and other major walkways.
Review specific requirements for traffic gates with DCSD. Consider gates at drives leading to
athletic areas, bus parking, marching band practice areas and entrances.
7. Future Portable Classrooms:
a. For new buildings, site design shall include pre‐planned level areas for the future
location of portable classroom units, in the following minimum quantities:
i. Elementary: 12 classrooms
ii. Middle: 12 classrooms
iii. High: 24 classrooms
b. Design of the site shall identify area(s) for placement of portable classroom units
without impacting parking, play fields and other required amenities. Portable areas shall
be adjacent to classroom wings if site constraints and conditions permit. Coordinate
portable location with future building expansion areas to avoid relocation of portables
when the building is expanded. Building service utilities (electricity, gas, water) shall not
be located under the footprint of future portable locations. Avoid locating site drainage
lines and inlet structures under and within portable building sites. A fire hydrant must
be located within 400’ of all portable classroom building sites.
c. Portables should be located as close to the school building as permitted by code.
Architect shall verify separation requirements with the permitting authority and with
DCSD Facility Services Department during the preliminary design phase of each school.
Portables are typically located a minimum of 17’ apart, face to face, to accommodate
required stairs, ramps and sidewalks.
d. DCSD uses several different sizes/configurations of portable classrooms. All portable
classrooms must be accessible, per ADA requirements. Portables are built to a Type V‐B
construction classification and are designed and approved for educational occupancy.
e. Soil bearing capacity in the portable area shall be 3,000 psf minimum.
8
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
f. The building electrical service shall be sized to accommodate the additional portable
loads. A “spare” breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the
portable site(s) to provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size,
as required to serve the remote future portable classroom distribution panel, shall be
installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until needed. Intercom,
security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable
classrooms noted above.
8. Auto Parking and Student Drop‐off / Pick‐up
a. The total number of automobile parking spaces provided shall be the number required
by local zoning code, or the following, whichever is greater:
i. Elementary = 2 parking spaces per Instructional Unit
ii. Middle = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit
iii. High = 6.6 parking spaces per Instructional Unit. Where space permits, provide
an area without intermediate curbs within the paved parking area for marching
band practice, approximately the size of a football field.
b. Appropriate number of accessible parking spaces will be provided, in accordance with
ADA requirements and the Georgia Accessibility Code. Consider placement of a portion
of the required number of accessible (HC) parking spaces directly adjacent to main
entrance building, so that users do not have to traverse traffic lanes to enter building.
c. Clearly define crosswalks (painted and/or raised) from parking areas to all building
entrances.
d. Provide a designated separate automobile drive and drop‐off / pick‐up area with
appropriate stacking space for waiting cars. Consider using speed humps at automobile
drives to reduce speeding. Review location of proposed speed humps which may impact
bus traffic with DCSD Director of Transportation.
9. School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading / Unloading Areas
a. For all new schools, provide covered main bus loading area and covered handicapped‐
accessible special education bus loading adjacent to appropriate building entrance.
Consider locating special education bus loading area as close to special education
classrooms as practicable. Access to and from the Special Education bus area shall be
approximately level without extensive ramps or lifts.
b. Provide curbside bus loading‐unloading adjacent to High School Stadiums with
appropriate turning radius and grades. Paint auto parking overlay at bus staging area for
additional activity parking.
c. Bus parking, covered loading‐unloading areas, and driveway layout shall be reviewed
and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation, to ensure appropriate turn
radii and grades for bus drives.
10. Loading Docks
a. For new schools and / or major kitchen renovations at Elementary and Middle Schools,
provide 6” curb loading areas adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area
with 36” curb cut and ramp to grade.
b. For new schools and / or major kitchen renovations at High Schools, provide standard
height raised loading dock at adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area.
c. See Division 16 for delivery doorbell requirements at receiving areas.
9
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
02.02 Sitework Details
1. Paving and Surfacing
a. Heavy‐duty asphalt paving asphalt paving shall be used in all parking and driveway
areas. Lighter duty pavement may be considered for automobile parking areas that are
well isolated from bus or truck traffic.
b. Asphalt and graded aggregate base thicknesses shall be standardized and so illustrated
in paving cross‐sections, detailed in civil engineering design drawings. Final asphalt top
shall be in place before bus run through.
c. Surfacing at Playgrounds shall be rubber mulch.
2. Site Signage (Road, Parking, and Drive Entrance)
a. Appropriate metal signage shall be included in the contract per code and local
requirements. The position of parking and traffic signage shall be included in the site
design and Construction Documents. Provide way‐finding signage for major facilities
such as visitor parking, building entrance, parent and bus drop‐offs, stadium, ball fields,
etc. Identify restrictions on use of parking spaces such as handicapped, staff, visitors,
students, etc. Provide signage clearance from curbs to prevent bus “tail swing” from
damaging signposts. Similar clearance needs to be maintained for bus canopy posts.
Mount signage on building walls and columns where possible.
b. Provide space at entrances for standard building identification sign furnished and
installed by DCSD.
c. Coordinate signage design with DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.
3. Marquee Sign
a. For all new schools, the DCSD standard marquee sign, an electronic screen on a masonry
base, will be provided. DCSD graphic standards shall be used, and DCSD logo shall be
included along with school logo. See appendix.
b. Appropriate location for shall be determined by Design Professional and indicated on
site plan. General contractor shall provide power and data from building to sign.
4. Trash Compactor
a. Trash Compactor basis of design shall be Marathon Equipment Ramjet, Model # RJ‐
250SC‐30, with the following minimum specifications:
i. Power Unit (electrical): Operating Power Available: 3 PHASE/460
ii. Plumbing: Connection on both sides
iii. Capacity: 30 cubic yards
iv. Overall Size, approximate dimensions: Length: 256 “(21’‐4”); Height: 104”(8’‐
8”); Width: 98” (8’ ‐ 2”)
v. Features: Remote on 13’ cord, pressure gauge on 15’ cord, guides and stops,
double door doghouse, fullness package, and auto start.
b. Compactor/container shall have the capability of being transported from site to site.
c. Review space required for dumpsters and compactors with DCSD Facilities Services
Department.
5. Fences and Gates
a. Unless otherwise specifically approved by DCSD, all permanent fences and gates shall be
black vinyl coated chain link construction. Typical fencing shall be 11 Gauge core wire
and 9 gauge finish thickness. Provide appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates,
installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria.
10
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
b. General site fencing shall be 6’‐0” high with appropriately located gates. Storm
retention areas shall be fenced with the same material per local requirements.
c. Gates shall be provided at school driveways to limit access during certain time periods.
d. Perimeter and other fencing shall be installed as needed to provide safety and security
of the students, teachers and staff. Exact location of fencing will be determined on‐site
by DCSD in order to preserve natural areas and undisturbed buffers.
e. Fencing and wind screens at sports fields shall be of the height and locations described
in the relevant sections of these guidelines. Fences shall be black vinyl coated chain link
construction of appropriate gauge and mesh for the height required with appropriate
black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication
Manufacturers Association criteria. Wind Screens shall be forest green.
f. Provide security fencing around any exterior equipment that is installed at ground level.
(I.e. Freezer/Cooler, condensing units, generators, etc.)
02.03 Landscaping Notes
1. Trees/Plants/Ground Cover
a. In general, use low maintenance ground cover; minimize grass/sod. Landscape designer
is encouraged to look at alternatives and use the most practical application for each
area. Use mulch around buildings. Provide raised curb or other devices to restrict
washing of mulch onto adjacent paved walks and drives. Low maintenance ground
covers may be used in low‐traffic areas and on slopes as appropriate.
b. Pine straw mulch for adequate coverage, no more than 4” deep, shall be provided at all
new tree and shrub plantings.
c. New landscaping shall be maintained by the Contractor for no less than 60 days, prior to
a request for inspection and acceptance by DCSD.
d. Comply with tree ordinances and provide additional buffers as may be directed by the
municipality or jurisdiction. Review proposed new shrubs and trees with DCSD Facilities
Services Department.
2. Lawns and Grasses
a. All general areas to be grassed shall be hydro‐seeded with Common Bermuda or Fescue
depending on the planting season. Wood fiber mulch shall be included when hydro‐
seeding slopes greater than 3:1. Lawns and grass shall be watered and maintained for a
period of no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by
DCSD. Lawns and grass shall be fully established and receive a minimum of 2 cuts prior
to inspection.
b. Provide adequate seedbed preparation – 4″ tilled topsoil or amended organic soil.
c. Specify rock hounding in two directions to pick up stones greater than 1.5″ diameter.
d. Areas to be planted with sod vs. seed need to be identified on the drawings. Typically,
all areas close to the building or inside a perimeter drive should be sod.
e. Consider the use of “Terra‐mat” or sod on excessive slopes.
f. Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services to obtain approval for
proposed Lawn specifications prior to issuing final Drawings.
3. Landscaping Irrigation System for Planting
a. Landscape plantings shall be designed and installed to eliminate the need for landscape
planting irrigation. DCSD allows irrigation for playing fields only.
b. See Division 15 MECHANICAL, Plumbing Fixtures, for Exterior Hose Bib requirements.
11
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
02.04 Site Design Notes for School Athletic Facilities
1. Landscaping Irrigation System
a. Commercial grade sprinkler irrigation system with 120 V, automatic operation shall be
provided for the grass playing and practice fields at Middle and High Schools only. Do
not provide irrigation at Elementary School play fields.
b. Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for
proposed irrigation system prior to issuing final drawings.
2. Stadium Notes
a. All major renovations to stadiums shall include a synthetic turf, rubber infill system.
Base system will include single letter logo at midfield; school name in one end zone and
mascot name in the other; single letter color; and striping and markings for football
(white), soccer (yellow) – reference marks only the six yard end boxes; men’s and
women’s lacrosse (red) – reference marks only.
i. Acceptable manufacturers are Sprint Turf, Sports Turf, and Matrix Turf.
b. All major renovations to stadium track and field shall have layouts in accordance with
competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national
Federation of State High School Associations. Each field shall include the following:
c. Where possible, field orientation should be with long dimension along north/south axis.
d. Provide areas for field events including paved areas for pole vault, high jump, long jump
with sand pit.
e. Polyurethane surfacing system running track (8 Lanes).
f. Provide concrete pads for shot put and discus field events.
g. See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment
3. High school Track and Field : All major renovations to high school track and field shall have
layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and
the national Federation of State High School Associations.
a. Track shall be a polyurethane surfacing system similar to Sports Track 300 or Beynon
Sports Surfaces, BSS‐300. The elastomeric polyurethane shall be red in color with line
striping and event markings in accordance with current National Federation of State
High School Associations standards and guidelines. Provide minimum of 6 track lanes; 8
where space permits.
4. Middle School Track and Field : Middle school track and field areas shall be constructed to
appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards
of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School
Associations. Each track and field shall include the following:
a. Irrigated grass field inside running track.
b. Slope field to area drains at corners.
c. Asphalt running track with painted lanes.
i. 400 meter track with 6 lanes where space permits.
ii. 300 meter track with 5 lanes where space is limited.
d. Paved H/C access from building.
e. Paved areas for high jump and long jump with sand pit.
f. See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment.
12
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
5. High School Baseball Field: High School baseball Fields shall have layout in accordance with
competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of
State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:
a. Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.
b. Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space
permits.
c. Outfield and diamond of natural grass turf with irrigation system
d. Warning track
e. Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay
f. Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber
i. Weather proof water spigot within ground box behind pitcher’s mound.
ii. 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weatherproof in ground box behind
pitcher’s mound.
g. Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety
h. Two concrete block dugouts
i. Two bullpens (one at each side, inside fence)
j. One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (outside fence)
k. Scoreboard located between center and left field; See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for
Scoreboard.
l. Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads; See
Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.
m. Field Lighting; See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting.
n. Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage; See Division11 EQUIPMENT
for Concession Equipment.
6. Middle School Baseball Field: Middle school baseball field areas shall be constructed to
appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards
of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School
Associations. Each field shall include the following:
a. Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.
b. Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space
permits.
c. Grass outfield with irrigation system
d. Appropriate drainage towards outfield
e. Skinned earth between bases
f. Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay
g. Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber
h. Fencing 10’ high; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety
i. One set of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads; See
Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.
7. High School Softball Field: High School softball Field shall be designed in accordance with
competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of
State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:
a. Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast.
b. Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield
13
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
c. Outfield of natural grass turf with irrigation system
d. Warning track
e. Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay
f. Pitching mound level with infield with pitching rubber
i. Water spigot within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound.
ii. 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weather proof in ground box behind
pitcher’s mound.
g.
h. Fencing 10’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate‐ height as required for safety
i. Double first base
j. Two concrete block dugouts
k. Two bullpens (One at each side, inside fence)
l. One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (Outside fence)
m. Scoreboard located between center and left field; See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for
Scoreboard
n. Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads; See
Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers
o. Field Lighting See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting
p. Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage; See Division 11
EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment
8. Middle School Softball Field: Middle school softball field shall be constructed to appropriate
grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards of the
Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations.
Field shall include the following:
a. Orientation with home plate at south‐southwest and second base at north‐northeast
b. Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield
c. Grass infield and outfield with irrigation system
d. Appropriate drainage towards outfield
e. Skinned earth between bases
f. Pitching mound level with infield
g. Fencing, 8’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate, 20’ high
9. High School Practice Field: High school practice field is intended for physical education
instruction and used for multiple sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate grading and
grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School
Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice field shall
include the following:
a. Orientation with long dimension north and south
b. 78 yards wide x 120 yards long
c. Grass turf with irrigation system
d. Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas.
e. Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals. See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for
goalpost and goals.
10. Middle School Practice Field: Middle school practice field is intended for physical education
instruction and used for multiple sports. If site allows, it shall be constructed to appropriate
14
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia
High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice
field shall include the following:
a. Orientation with long dimension north and south
b. 78 yards wide x 120 yards long
c. Grass turf with irrigation system
d. Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas.
e. Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals; See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for
goalpost and goals.
11. Elementary School Multi‐purpose Field: Elementary School multi‐purpose field is intended for
informal outdoor activities and elementary level sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate
grading and grassing standards. The multi‐purpose field shall include the following:
a. Approximately 2 acres adjacent to the gym if site configuration will allow.
b. Well drained grass turf without irrigation system. Ensure that building and site drainage
and/or detention systems do not impact the play area.
12. High / Middle School Tennis Courts: For new facilities, provide a minimum of two (2) tennis
courts at each middle school and a minimum of four (4) at each high school. Tennis courts shall
have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association
and the national Federation of State High School Associations.
a. Contrasting light and dark green surface between court and remaining play area
b. Regulation size with orientation with baselines of courts perpendicular to north‐south
axis.
c. Fencing 10’ high, 20’ from baseline, 12’ from sidelines
d. Windscreens except at bleachers
e. 110v duplex electrical outlet at each end of the bank of courts.
f. At high schools, provide one set of bleachers anchored to a concrete pad at west end of
courts. See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03.01 Concrete Walkways
Sidewalks and plazas shall be concrete.
03.02 Compactor / Dumpster Pads
For new buildings and major renovations to kitchens, concrete pads shall be placed in the service area to
accommodate one compactor for garbage and one dumpster for recycling. At new High Schools, these
pads can be incorporated into the concrete area at the loading dock. Drains must be provided, and shall
be designed in compliance with all applicable codes. Provide heavy duty reinforced concrete slab that
extends a minimum of 40′ in front of the dumpster pad to resist wear from garbage trucks turning their
wheels to maneuver for dumpster pick up.
Dumpster and compactor areas shall be visually shielded, in a manner compatible with the architectural
design of the building.
Dumpster and compactor areas shall be easily accessible by sidewalk so that custodial carts can be used
to transport trash to the dumpster. The top of the dumpster shall be accessible, in a location adjacent to
15
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
a loading area or dock so that trash can be thrown into the top of the dumpster. Where the dumpster is
not adjacent to a loading dock, a ramp to the back or sides of the dumpsters shall be provided.
03.300 Cast‐in‐Place Concrete
At DCSD stadiums, any work done to refurbish stadium seating, rest rooms, parking access,
concession area, etc. shall be ADA compliant. Consideration should be given to providing
accessible viewing areas in multiple locations (“Home” and “Visitor”) of stadium seating.
Stadium Seating: Existing structure for stadium bench seating is concrete. For major stadium
renovations, existing conditions shall be fully assessed and analyzed by a structural engineer with
expertise in concrete prior to design of refurbishment of stadium.
03.350 Concrete Finishes
Special attention should be given to proper curing and finishing of any slabs to receive flooring. Follow
flooring manufacturer’s requirements regarding flatness and moisture parameters.
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04100 Mortar and Grout
Only one mortar color should be used on the exterior masonry at each new school.
04210 Brick Masonry
Brick veneer shall be used as the exterior building material of choice for all DCSD projects.
For new construction, changes in brick types, sizes, color, texture and orientation shall be kept to a
minimum. Color(s) shall be recommended by the Design Professional and must be approved by DCSD
Design and Construction.
For additions and alterations to existing brick exterior walls, care must be taken to properly blend old
and new construction. In most cases, matching of existing brick is impossible. Include instructions to
contractor to salvage old brick for patching that may be required. Designers are encouraged to use
obviously contrasting materials where new construction joins existing. Make changes to veneer at
inside corners wherever possible.
As a natural material, brick can have a considerable variegation of colors. When installing, alternate
bricks from multiple packs to ensure proper color blending and avoid “pooling” of color.
04220 Concrete Unit Masonry
Concrete unit masonry is preferred for the interior wall material for new construction. Bull‐nosed block
shall be used for all outside corners, above the first course. Split‐faced block shall not be used unless
specifically requested by the DCSD.
Concrete unit masonry partitions are required at the following locations, unless specifically approved by
DCSD Design and Construction:
1. Corridors and other high traffic areas
2. Gymnasium, Auditorium, Stage, Cafeteria and Kitchen
16
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
3. Main Mechanical and Electrical Rooms
4. Hall restrooms and other high abuse areas
5. Locker Rooms
6. Mechanical and electrical closets
Concrete unit masonry partitions can be used for Vaults and the adjacent Office used for bookkeeping
(Extend to roof or cap with concrete slab.) Rated gypsum board partitions may be used in lieu of CMU
at Vault and adjacent office area.)
DIVISION 5 METALS
05120 Structural Steel
Structural steel framing systems shall generally be used for new school construction and additions, in
lieu of load‐bearing masonry construction.
05500 Metal Fabrications
05500 2.3 Steel Ladders OR 05510 Aluminum Ladders
All areas of all roofs should be easily accessible to maintenance staff with permanently
installed stairs and/or ladders, designed for interior access when practical. These access
points must be protected from access by students. Exterior access must be caged /
locked to prevent theft.
1. Prefinished aluminum preferred over painted steel.
2. Interior ladders provided for roof or mezzanine access shall be a ship’s type ladder.
3. Vertical or exterior ladders from the ground are not acceptable for required access to the
roof. Limit the use of vertical fixed ladders to small areas projecting above the main roof.
4. Ladders and stairs shall be equipped with appropriate guard and handrails.
05500 2.4 Steel Railings OR 05521 Aluminum Railings
1. For ease of maintenance, factory finishes on all metal handrails, posts, pickets, and
guardrails are preferred over painted finishes. At a minimum, provide factory‐finished
handrails (clear aluminum is ideal).
2. Gates at guard rails between Interior track and bleachers in high school gyms shall be self‐
storing.
DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
6.01 Plastic Laminate
1. General use counter tops shall be plastic laminate material. One‐piece countertops with integral
coved backsplash, bull nosed edges and minimal number of seams shall be specified. Color(s) to
be selected by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Consider
2. Basis of design is Wilsonart.
17
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
6.02 Casework: Custom casework shall only be used where manufactured casework will not serve the
intended use. Plastic laminate shall be used as appropriate. Do not specify wood or laminate casework
or shelving in janitor’s closets.
DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
07110 Waterproofing and Damp‐ proofing
1. Appropriate waterproofing, damp‐proofing and vapor retarders shall be specified by the Design
Professional.
2. Avoid parapet wall penetrations.
07210 Insulation and Fireproofing
Appropriate insulation and fireproofing shall be specified by the Design Professional to provide a safe,
energy efficient, comfortable building, and to meet building codes.
Enclose space under first level of all stairs to prevent misuse of space for storage or misconduct.
07520 Membrane Roofing
Modified bitumen,”cool roof” roofing shall be used for low slope roofs. The use of parapets should be
minimized. Insulation value shall be minimum R‐19.
07612 Pre‐formed Metal Roofing
Metal roofing shall be used on high‐slope roofs. Steel is preferred, aluminum is acceptable.
07620 Flashing
1. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations when specifying through wall flashing and installation
accessories.
2. Use copper, stainless or rubberized asphaltic flashing with an adhesive backing for through wall
flashings at sills, beams and lintels. Avoid PVC products unless they are specifically
recommended by their manufacturers for through wall flashing applications.
3. Metal flashing products may be laminated with other materials such as asphalt or waterproof
papers to reduce galvanic corrosion where necessary.
4. Specify manufactured mortar nets over the horizontal run of through wall flashing to catch
mortar dropping and allow water to filtrate easily downward through the net material to the
flashings and out the weeps.
5. Provide weeps immediately upon the horizontal leg of the through wall flashing at the exterior
wall construction element at sills, beams and lintels.
07710 Manufactured Roof Specialties
Internal roof drains should be avoided where possible. Concealed gutters will not be allowed. External
gutters shall be used where possible. Use PVC or cast iron downspouts in areas subject to abuse. If
exposed, protective boots shall be used to prevent downspout conductors from damage. Downspout
transition fittings shall be seamless or welded fittings.
07720 Roof Hatch
Appropriately located roof hatches shall be provided as needed for access to low slope roof areas.
18
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS
08.01 Doors
1. Door Size Notes
a. Unless otherwise specified, new doors shall be 36” wide.
b. Pairs of 36” doors with removable mullions shall be provided at service entrances,
throughout major circulation corridors and for access into large rooms such as the
Cafeteria, Stage, Gym and Media Center in order to facilitate delivery of bulky objects.
c. Single 42” doors shall be provided at Kitchens from the delivery corridor, for access to
Bulk Storage Room, Serving Area and Cafeteria. Single 42” doors shall be provided for
access into Music Practice and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of large
instruments. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access to all areas with laundry
equipment. Consider the use of single 42” doors to provide access into Special
Education Suite (Classrooms and Adaptive Toilet), facilitating movement of wheelchairs.
d. Overhead roll‐up doors shall be provided as appropriate for access to Shops, Stage
Scenery Areas, Mechanical Rooms and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of bulky
objects. Lock must be accessible from both sides.
e. Unless otherwise specified, door height at new construction shall be 80” minimum. Door
height at renovations shall match existing. Height of doors and frames shall be selected
for best value and efficiency.
f. Removable mullions shall be non‐keyed type. Vertical rods shall not be used.
2. Door Stiles and Rails: All aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors shall be constructed with 6”
stiles, 8” top rails and 10” bottom rails. Doors pairs with exit devices shall have center non‐
keyed, removable mullions.
3. Door Materials
a. Wood doors shall be specified for general interior use. No plastic shall be used.
b. Metal doors shall be used on the exterior and interior of the building where appropriate
for greater security.
c. Provide heavy duty door and hardware at Vaults and Record Rooms.
4. Door Lights
a. Provide factory installed small vertical door lights at typical doors to classrooms and
other frequently used doors. Larger door lights and hollow metal sidelights should be
used at the following:
i. Administration
ii. Counseling
iii. Media Center
iv. Gymnasium
v. Cafeteria
vi. Teacher Work Room
b. Provide an observation light at the Kitchen delivery door constructed of security glass
designed to resist break‐ins.
08.410 Aluminum Curtain wall and Storefront Systems
a. Aluminum storefront systems shall be used at primary entrances to the building. Hollow
metal frames shall be used for entrance doors.
19
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
b. In lieu of painted hollow metal frames, consider prefinished aluminum storefront
systems for interior window walls.
5. Rollup Grilles and Shutters
a. If used between Serving Lines and Cafeteria:
i. Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles in lieu of solid roll‐up doors to allow
for air circulation.
ii. Locate key operated control on Serving Line side.
iii. Do NOT provide supplemental latches or dead‐bolts. Grilles shall be secured by
the weight of the grille.
b. Consider use of security grilles across corridors to separate building into zones, limiting
access to certain parts of the building after hours. If used:
i. Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles at corridor separation zones. These
shall be in addition to emergency smoke doors that may be required by code.
ii. Locate key operated control on both sides. Provide security latch operated by
key, accessible from both sides.
c. Where required by Educational Specifications, provide manual operated solid roll‐up
shutters with security latch operated by turn knob on room side.
6. Hardware
a. Appropriate finish hardware shall be specified by the Design Professional for review and
approval by DeKalb County School District. Provide lever handles throughout in
accordance with ADA.
b. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Door Hardware.
7. Windows
a. Architects are encouraged to incorporate windows for natural lighting into as many
building spaces as practical. Architect shall provide a cost‐benefit analysis of cost savings
provided by proposed window lighting compared to their impact on HVAC installation
and operating cost.
b. All exterior window frames shall be aluminum. Steel window frames are not acceptable
at exterior walls. Current DCSD standards do not allow for operable windows.
c. Minimum Requirements:
i. Elementary: Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms.
ii. Middle: Windows are desired at all general instruction classrooms when
feasible.
iii. High: Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms adjoining
exterior walls.
iv. Interior window frames shall be aluminum storefront or hollow metal and shall
be provided at offices where supervision of adjacent areas is required. Do not
provide interior windows at Locker Rooms.
v. Provide interior window(s) in the Kitchen Manager’s Office to allow observation
of workers in the Kitchen and vendors during deliveries.
8. Glazing: General exterior glazing shall be insulated, double thickness. Provide tempered /
laminated glass as required by code. Avoid use of wire glass. Use tinted glass for sun control in
lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clerestories, Lobbies, Corridors, Media
Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces.
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
20
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
09.250 Gypsum Board Systems
Gypsum Board wall systems are acceptable for interior partitions at light duty spaces such as
admin areas, and may be considered for partitions between classrooms and labs. Use of
concrete masonry unit walls is preferred whenever possible.
1. Exposed layers at walls shall be abuse resistant type. Use fire code type material as required by
code.
2. Bull nose corner beads shall be used at typical outside corners. Corner guards, in lieu of bull
nose corners, may be used at the Administrative and Guidance areas.
3. Do not use gypsum board wall systems in any wet or damp locations.
4. At firewalls, rated gypsum board may be used above concrete unit masonry walls starting at 10’‐
0” above finish floor where the wall will not be susceptible to vandalism or abuse.
5. Fiberglas reinforced (FRP) panels are unacceptable for use in DCSD projects without express
consent from Design and Construction.
09.850 Acoustical Systems
1. Sound batts shall be used to reduce the sound transmission of the wall system as needed.
Acoustical separation shall meet requirements of
Resilient Tile Flooring
Typical floor finish, except where specialized finishes are called for, shall be Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT).
Size of VCT shall be 12” x 12” x minimum 1/8”. Basis of design is Excelon, Imperial Series by Armstrong.
Color and patterns shall be specified by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School
District. Colors shall be manufacturer’s standard colors, chosen with ease of maintenance in mind. Solid
color floor tile shall be used for accent areas only. Consider use of flexible terrazzo tile similar to
“Fritztile” in corridors, lobbies, and high traffic areas. To add aesthetic interest to the building, the
Design Professional is encouraged to use patterns and color, especially in corridors and lobbies.
Coordinate the sequence for cleaning and waxing VCT floors with DCSD Coordinator of Environmental
Services and Coordinator of Warehouse. Schedule cleaning and waxing of VCT floors at Corridors,
Cafeteria and other designated areas after furniture is delivered. Base shall be 4” black or very dark
color rubber cove base. Provide matching‐color transition strips adjacent to other floor materials.
Carpet
At locations where the Educational Specifications call for carpet, tiles are preferred over roll goods,
particularly in high traffic areas. Specify electrostatic backing to eliminate curling of carpet tiles at the
edges.
Standard of quality, construction and appearance for carpet tiles is based on “Diffuse” and “Disperse” by
Shaw Industries.
Standard of quality, construction and appearance for broadloom carpet is based “Expose” or “Blog” by
Shaw Industries.
Standard of quality, construction and appearance for walk‐off mat is based on Crayon 01957 Vinyl
Cushion Tufted Textile (VCTT) by Tandus Flooring.
Wood Athletic Flooring
High School and Middle School Gym flooring shall be solid maple wood strip athletic flooring system.
Minimum thickness shall be 7/8″, No.2 or better grade maple.
The flooring system shall be specifically made for athletic flooring applications.
21
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Flooring shall include multi‐purpose court markings and custom designed school logo approved by
DCSD.
Provide recessed supports for three volleyball nets at all middle and high school gyms.
Provide event floor covering at wood floors which are also used for auditorium and other assembly
functions.
Flooring for new auditorium stages, dance rooms, and drama rooms shall be wooden sprung floors.
Synthetic Athletic Flooring
Synthetic athletic flooring shall be installed in all new Elementary School Gyms. Product shall be equal to
Mondosport I by Mondo USA or SportGrain Plus by Connor Sports Flooring.
Indoor Track Athletic Flooring
Indoor track flooring shall be polyurethane flooring over Rubberized Base with continuous striping for
three lanes.
Basis of design: Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Pulastic ‐ 2000
Weight Room Athletic Flooring
Weight Room Athletic Flooring shall be recycled rubber material formed into tiles, 24”x 24” x min. 3/8”
with interlocking tabs, free‐laid without adhesive.
Basis of design: Mondo Highjolt
Quarry Tile
Dark Red Quarry Tile with deep charcoal gray grout shall be used at Kitchen, Walk‐in Cooler & Freezer,
Dry Storage, Serving Courts, Custodial wet areas. Grout joints shall not be sealed in kitchen floors.
Ceramic Tile
At rest rooms, unglazed Ceramic tile is acceptable for use as flooring. Glazed ceramic tile, minimum 54”
high on all restroom walls, is preferred for use as wainscot material. To add aesthetic interest, consider
accent patterns or strips. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County
School District. Colors of tile and grout shall be selected with ease of maintenance and long term
appearance in mind. Grout must be sealed.
Terrazzo
For new construction, terrazzo may be considered for high traffic areas such as corridors and lobbies.
Consideration must be given to slip prevention at all entrances.
Sealed Concrete
Sealed Concrete flooring is acceptable at service areas such as storage, mechanical and electrical rooms.
Decorative stained concrete shall not be used in occupied areas.
Suspended Ceilings
Unless noted otherwise, 2’ x 2’ ceiling grids with 2’ x 2’ x 5/8” suspended acoustical ceiling tiles shall be
used for all general use areas of the building. Standard ceiling tile shall be square edge, non‐directional,
fissured design, 5/8”.
Basis of design: Cortega 770 by Armstrong.
Basis of design for ceiling tile in wet areas shall be Ceramaguard 607 by Armstrong.
22
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Cafeteria – hard, washable tile needs to be installed around high HVAC vents in cafeterias, similar
material to that used in the kitchen
Suspension System throughout shall be 15/16” exposed tee aluminum system. Basis of design: Prelude
XL by Armstrong.
Ceiling system furnished shall include all industry‐standard accessories required for installation.
Exposed structure and ductwork may be considered in art labs, stages, and drama rooms.
When determining ceiling heights, consider maintenance of lighting and finishes. Maximum height must
be within reach of ladders or lifts readily available to DCSD maintenance staff.
Non‐accessible Ceilings
Use “hard” – painted gypsum board ‐ ceilings in student restrooms and locker rooms. Ceiling access
panels need to be installed to access valves, smoke detectors, etc. Minimum size shall be 24” x 24” if
personnel access is required (i.e. more than hand access to reach a valve).
Sound Attenuation Blanket
Sound attenuation blankets may be used above suspended ceilings in order to obtain acceptable sound
transmission levels. See Acoustical Standards in Division 1 of these Design Guidelines.
Exterior Painting
Exterior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used
and the material being painted. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb
County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should
be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs.
Basis of Design: Duron “Weather Shield” one coat, flat White paint for exterior painting.
Interior Painting
Interior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used
and the material being painted. Semi‐gloss shall be used unless otherwise approved. Color shall be
selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials
with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance
costs.
Basis of Design: Pittsburgh Pure Performance Interior walls – color: Antique (Porter Paints) Zero VOC –
semi gloss. Interior metal doors and frames ‐ Advantage Hi Gloss Exterior (Porter Advantage 900 High
Gloss) Low VOC.
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10100 Visual Display Boards
Display of student work is integral to 21st Century School Design. Flexible systems for hanging
art and academic work should be integrated into classrooms, entrance, and corridors. Visual
Display boards and related accessories shall be included in the Construction Contract. See
Educational Specifications for location, quantity and size.
1. Marker boards shall be factory laminated 3‐ply construction with porcelain enameled low‐gloss
face sheet, 3/8” particle board core and aluminum sheet backing, with factory‐applied
23
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
aluminum trim. Basis of Design: Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.; Series 1 LCS marker
board.
A. Provide aluminum frame with chalk tray and 1” map rail with accessory clips for
flags and maps.
B. Provide appropriate special screened graphics at math and music rooms.
C. Provide manual sliding marker boards at science labs.
2. Tack boards shall be 1/4” thick, plastic‐impregnated cork sheet, natural cork color, factory
laminated to ¼” thick particle board backing, with factory applied aluminum trim. Basis of
Design: Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.; Series 1 Cork Bulletin Board.
10165 Toilet Partitions
Consideration of privacy and sightlines is important to rest room design. Toilets and urinals shall
not be visible from the corridor through an open doorway. This includes reflection of toilets and
urinals in mirrors. Toilet partitions and urinal screens shall be provided at multi‐person
restrooms in all new and renovated restrooms at all grade levels.
1. Partitions and screens shall be solid plastic, high density polyethylene. Basis of Design: Scranton
products. Partition color to be selected from manufacturer’s standard colors.
2. Continuous hinges shall be used at all stall doors.
3. Stall doors shall utilize a gap‐free interlocking door‐stile configuration so that there are no sight
lines into the toilet stall.
4. Partitions shall be floor mounted and overhead braced. Avoid cross braces which children could
climb on or swing from.
5. Hardware shall be heavy duty extruded aluminum or stainless steel.
6. Wall brackets for partitions and screens shall be extruded aluminum, continuous “double T”
type.
7. Floor mounted and overhead braced screens shall be provided between urinals.
8. Masonry partitions shall not be used.
10350 Flagpole
For new schools, provide 30’ high, ground set aluminum tapered flagpole, with an external halyard, in a
prominent location at the front of the building.
10400 Identifying Devices
Appropriate way finding and room identification signage shall be provided, including Braille
information in accordance with the ADA. All graphics should comply with the DeKalb.
Consideration should be given to providing graphics to ease navigation around the building.
Engaging colors, wall graphics, floor patterns are encouraged.
24
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
1. Provide easy to read directional signage at Lobbies, Corridors, Stairways, Elevators and other
special components to aid students, staff, and visitors in navigating the building.
2. Typical Classrooms, Labs and Multi‐purpose rooms shall be identified by room number only, for
future flexibility in use. Room numbering must comply with those listed in the Georgia DOE’s
records.
3. Permanent special purpose rooms and suites (Administration, Counseling, Media Center,
Gymnasiums, Cafeteria, Staff Dining, Kitchen, Restrooms, Electrical, Mechanical, Custodial, IDF,
etc.) should be identified by name and number, but not individual rooms within suites that may
be subject to re‐assignment.
4. Cafeteria Serving Lines shall be identified with easy to read graphics as well as functional room
number for identification. Submit graphics to Executive Director of School Nutrition for review
and approval.
10500 Metal Lockers
1. Corridor Lockers
For new buildings and major additions at middle and high schools, provide metal double tier
lockers in the corridors for student use. Basis of design: List Industries, Inc.
1. Provide number of lockers equal to 110% of the “Design” FTE plus corridor space
to increase the number of lockers to the “core” capacity.
2. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier
(72” total unit height)
3. Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and
built‐in key‐controlled, three‐number dialing combination lock with changes made
automatic with a control key. Provide A.D.A. compliant keys locks on 1% of all
lockers ordered. Provide master locks.
4. Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners
and 18 gauge backs.
5. Door shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded.
6. Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color.
7. Locker colors may alternate or be different in different parts of the building.
8. Specify manufacturers standard paint colors unless use of custom colors is
requested and specifically approved by DCSD.
9. Utilize a painted metal “Z” base in lieu of raised concrete (or other material),
eliminating the need for resilient base finish.
10. Extend VCT floor finish below lockers to allow for their future removal.
11. Enclose the ends of a bank of lockers with masonry wing walls; enclose tops with
gypsum board walls.
12. Provide attic stock of additional doors of each color specified for future
replacement.
2. Theater Dressing Room Lockers
New theater dressing rooms in high school auditorium areas. Each locker shall be approximately
12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor
Lockers.
25
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
3. Staff Lockers
1. Custodial Staff Lockers
Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high single tier.
Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers.
2. Kitchen Staff Lockers
Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier
(72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers.
4. Athletic Lockers
a. Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation.
b. Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐
lock lug.
c. Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of
lockers in five tier units.
d. Utilize welded construction with 16 (13) gauge bodies, 14 (16) gauge doors with
stiffeners and 18 gauge backs.
e. Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded.
f. Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from
manufacturers standard paint colors.
g. Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement.
h. Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches. At least one
bench shall have an attached back support OR be located against a wall, per ADA
requirements.
i. Physical Education Lockers
Provide six–tier and double‐tier lockers for new and renovated middle and high schools
PE Locker Rooms in the quantities indicated in the DCSD Educational Specifications.
1. Lockers in six‐tier units shall each be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x
12” high (72” total unit height).
2. Lockers in double tier units shall each be 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high
(72” total unit height).
j. Team Lockers
Provide single‐tier lockers at each of the Boys and Girls Team Locker Rooms at new or
renovated high schools. Coordinate quantity with Principal and Athletic Staff at each
school. Lockers shall be 15” wide x 18” deep x 72” high.
k. Football Lockers
Provide athletic style metal lockers at Football Team Room. Lockers shall be 18” wide x
22”deep x 72” high open front with combination seat and foot locker and 12” Security
box.
l. PE Staff Lockers
Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in
combination locks. Provide master locks. Provide the following size lockers:
1. Middle School PE Staff: single tier lockers 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high
at each Male and Female PE Staff Area.
26
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
2. High School PE Staff: single tier lockers 15” wide x 21” deep x 72” high at
each Male and Female PE Staff Area
10522 Fire Extinguishers
Provide fire extinguishers in sizes and locations as required by code. Provide recessed extinguisher
cabinets with door alarms in all locations that are accessible to students.
FOR FURTHER REVIEW: DCSD Safety Specialist
10530 Prefabricated Canopies
Appropriate aluminum canopies shall be provided at bus and auto drop‐off areas, as well as
cafeteria loading areas as needed. Ideally, pedestrian canopies should provide continuous
protection from the weather, from the building exit to curb, extending over vehicles so that
students can load in safely. Buses and delivery vehicles provide special challenges to design –
the canopies need to provide maximum coverage while maintaining clearance for vehicles.
Height requirements, “tail swing” clearances, and maneuvering space for bus and truck traffic
shall be carefully considered.
1. Drainage needs to be controlled and piped as necessary to prevent flow across sidewalks.
2. Include lighting under canopies to provide adequate illumination for evening activities and
security.
FOR FURTHER REVIEW: DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.
10675 Metal Storage Shelving
Provide adjustable industrial heavy duty metal shelving in all Storage and Custodial Rooms in the
quantities indicated in the DCSD Educational Specifications. Wood or laminate shelving shall not be
used. Typical shelving units shall be 36” wide x 85” high x depth appropriate for the intended use (12”,
18” or 24”). Shelves for book storage shall be 12” deep. Provide 7 shelves per unit (including base and
top) to allow approximately 12” clear vertically per shelf.
10800 Toilet Accessories
1. Provide surface mounted, heavy duty stainless steel commercial quality restroom and bath
accessories.
2. Coordinate toilet paper, paper towel, and soap dispenser requirements with DCSD
Environmental Services.
3. Safety glass mirrors: provide one long mirror per restroom, and one lavatory mirror per lavatory.
4. Electric hand dryers can only be used in administrators and teacher’s restrooms – not student
restrooms. Architect shall specify type of Hand Dryers subject to review and approved by DCSD
Facility Services before issuing Project Manual.
5. The following accessories will be Owner‐Furnished, Contractor‐Installed:
1) Soap Dispenser: Gojo Model FMX‐12. Locate soap dispensers adjacent to
lavatories.
27
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
2) Paper Towel Dispenser: Continental 630, White or Stainless
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
11110 Commercial Equipment
Provide a heavy duty commercial grade appliance suited to this application where the project scope
includes a washer/dryer for athletic uniforms.
11310 Residential Appliances
11410 Food Storage Equipment
11512 Library Stack Systems
11531 Laboratory Fume Hood
11662 Gymnasium Equipment
11665 Gymnasium Dividers
11400 Food Service Equipment
Efficient, safe, and sanitary kitchens are of paramount importance to the District’s students and
staff. Designers are encouraged to consult early and often with representatives of the School
Nutrition Department.
1. Kitchen Equipment shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.
2. The Design Professional shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Kitchen
Designer to develop appropriate Kitchen Design and Construction Documents.
3. Drawings, Specifications, and equipment descriptions shall be submitted to DeKalb County
School Nutrition Department and DCSD Plant Services for review and approval.
4. All new kitchens shall have all natural gas equipment. Gas‐powered appliances shall have
electronic ignition only. Standing pilots are not acceptable.
5. Walk‐in freezer and cooler units shall have digital temperature controls and electronically
commutated motors (ECM). Outside units shall have scroll compressor with ECM condenser fan
motor.
6. See Appendix XXX for list of Basis of Design manufacturers and models. This list is subject to
change: please verify equipment with School Nutrition Department for each project.
11470 Darkroom Equipment
1. Light blocking, revolving door for primary pedestrian access is preferred, in addition to a
secondary pedestrian door with light‐tight gasketing to allow service and ADA access to the
area.
2. Ventilation equipment needs to be designed to handle vapor emissions of the darkroom
chemicals.
28
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
3. Enlarger stations shall be provided, with at least one designed for ADA accessibility.
Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Visual Art Coordinator and Facility Services for review
and approval.
11511 Book Theft Protection Equipment
At corridor exit(s) from the Media Center, provide a complete book theft detection system with alarm,
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags, and RFID detuners/deactivators, to assist in preventing
unauthorized removal of a library’s materials. Basis of Design: Strata EX system by Checkpoint,
distributed by 3M.
1. Must meet ADA requirements (36” corridor width), with flexible mounting options (direct mount
or base plate)
2. Include integrated audio and visual alarms to alert staff when an item containing a secured tag is
detected.
3. Include integrated digital display to monitor alarm counts, ingoing and outgoing patron traffic,
and diagnostics.
4. Provide option of real‐time access to statistics and aggregated customized reports.
5. Include configurable alarm settings based on direction of travel (in/out).
6. Include capacity to provide self‐checkout stations, security gates, and automated check‐in.
7. Include “3M Digital Library Assistant”, a handheld device that reads RFID tags on books and
other materials. RFID readers to be located at the circulation desk and self‐service kiosk.
8. Include pop‐up alarm notification.
11515 Kilns
Provide kiln in dedicated room with proper fire separation and ventilation system, per all applicable
codes.
11521 Projection Screens
1. Basis of design shall be Da‐Lite Screen Co. Inc.’s “Cosmopolitan Electrol”.
2. Provide motorized screens at new auditorium and cafetorium stages.
a. Provide additional drop header to set bottom of screen 2’‐0” above stage floor.
b. Screen shall be mounted immediately in front of the stage curtain.
c. Screen shall be designed for rear projection system.
3. Provide motorized screen at new and renovated Media Centers.
a. Screens shall be recessed in the ceiling suspended from structure above only if ceiling is
low enough and daylighting is controlled enough for optimal viewing. Mount on wall or
provide portable screen if visibility is compromised by ceiling mount.
11610 Theater and Stage Equipment
For new high school construction, the Design Professional is encouraged to employ the services of a
qualified professional Stage Equipment Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction
Documents for Auditorium, Drama Labs and other performance studios.
29
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Provide lighting, sound systems, curtains, stage monitors, projectors and other equipment appropriate
for the specific program.
Provide a Catwalk at High School Auditoriums for access to front overhead stage lighting above audience
seating. Drop lighting access is unacceptable.
Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and
Facilities Services for review and approval.
See Division 16 ELECTRICAL ‐ Theatrical Lighting Systems
See DIVISION 15 for further details.
11660 Athletic Equipment
The Design Professional shall be responsible for developing appropriate Design and Construction
Documents for Middle and High School Athletic Equipment subject to review and approval by DCSD
Coordinator of Health and PE and by the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs.
Provide a heavy duty commercial grade appliance suited to this application where the project scope
includes a washer/dryer for athletic uniforms.
Exterior Equipment:
Basis of design, Gill Athletics
1. Football Goalpost: # F305, 8’ off‐set, 23’‐4” between 20’ uprights.
2. Track and Field Equipment at High School Stadiums:
a. Long Jump / Triple Jump, # 441TS Take‐Off Board System
b. Pole Vault Box: #500, # 503 Lid (steel)
c. Shot Put Circle Toe Board: #360
d. Discus Circle: #367
3. Soccer Goal: # 477100, Portable Aluminum Soccer Goal with tie downs and wheels for
portability.
4. Basketball:
a. Goals: Heavy‐duty, fixed type with nylon net.
b. Backboard: Heavy‐duty rectangular steel.
c. Minimum 4‐1/2” diameter steel pipe with 5’‐0” gooseneck extension.
11662 Gymnasium Equipment
Basketball Equipment
1. Goal Type: Electrically operated retractable, overhead supported single center post with sway
bracing, forward folding type for main court and cross courts.
2. Superstructure: Manufacturer’s standard design for attachment to building structure with
precision die‐formed fittings.
3. Hoist operations: Manufacturer’s one HP (minimum) electric winch; self‐locking worm‐gear
type, capable of holding backstop at any position when raising or lowering. Control by wall
mounted key switch.
30
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
4. Safety Lock: Manufacturer’s safety lock, inertia sensitive lock type, capable of locking backstop
in any position at any time in storage or during raising or lowering cycle due to sudden surge in
speed – typical for all backstops.
5. Finish on exposed metal components: Manufacturer’s powder coat finish. Color selected by
Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD Design and Construction
Department.
6. Backboards: Rectangular design, ½” thickness tempered glass panel in gasketed extruded
aluminum frame with bolt‐on padding along bottom edge and up sides 10’ minimum; fired
vitreous enamel markings conforming to official requirements. 42” high by 72” wide.
7. Basketball Goals: steel rod rim welded to mounting bracket with enamel finish and nylon
netting. Provide breakaway type goals for main court backstops. All goals shall be designed to
absorb shock loads due to slam dunking or hanging on the rim.
Wrestling Equipment
Provide wrestling mats with storage system.
Volleyball and Badminton Equipment
1. Nets with removable support posts shall be provided.
2. Gym Floor sleeves for Volleyball and Badminton post:
a. Sleeve diameter: 3‐1/2” inside diameter.
b. Cover plate: Chrome plated cover assembly with swivel type hinge and removable key.
c. Installation: Cast into concrete footing and floor slab for flush mounting with wood
floor system.
Gymnasium wall and column protection
1. Bonded foam filled over OSB backing board with fire retardant liner and vinyl coated nylon
cover.
2. Panel thickness: Minimum 2 inches.
3. Wall panel size: 2’‐0” wide by 6’‐0” high.
4. Column pad size: Custom fabricated to fit around columns; height to match wall panels. For
elementary school gymnasiums, provide continuous protection at full circumference of room.
5. Color: As selected by the Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD
Facilities Services Department.
11664 Scoreboards
Provide complete Scoreboard systems (Basis of design: Electro‐Mech Scoreboard Company) at the
following locations:
1. High School Main Gym: Provide 2, Model #2770
2. Middle School Gym: Provide 2 , Model #2330
3. High School Stadium: Provide 1 , Model #3585
4. High School Baseball: Provide 1, Model #1580
5. High School Softball: Provide 1, Model #1580
11681 Playground Equipment
Basis of Design: Kid Builders System by Little Tikes Commercial, Play Power Farmington, Inc.,
1. All new play structures shall provide accessibility to users with differing physical abilities. Where
possible, this shall include ramps to provide wheelchair access to some upper platforms. Play
Equipment installer shall be approved by the equipment manufacturer.
31
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
2. Play equipment will be provided in two separate structures – “pods”, to provide a variety of
experiences and to allow different classes to play.
a. Play “Pod”: This unit focuses on imaginative active play and student interaction.
b. Athletic “Pod”: This unit focuses on developing upper‐body strength and personal
fitness.
3. Adequate numbers of play events shall be provided to support the number of students per
school.
4. Playground surfacing shall be rubber mulch, with modular plastic curbs. Consider rubberized
unitary surfacing should budget allow.
11810 Facility Maintenance Equipment
1. A separate space for floor equipment recharging station/garage shall be provided to keep self‐
propelled and other custodial equipment from obstructing mechanical rooms. The designated
area shall be equipped with electrical service sized to meet the demands of the recharging
equipment. Any appropriate fire separation and ventilation shall be provided.
2. Commercial duty, residential sized washer and dryer are needed in each building to wash
custodial mop heads, dust mops and cleaning cloths.
Concession Equipment
1. Concession facilities shall be provided at the following locations as identified in the Educational
Specifications:
a. Middle School Gym
b. High School Main Gym
c. High School Auditorium
d. High School Stadium
e. High School Baseball / Softball area
2. Concessions facilities shall include the following utilities and equipment.
a. Lockable Serving Room with adjacent Lockable Bulk Storage Room.
b. Standard overhead florescent lighting.
c. Ventilation fan with thermostatic control.
d. Heat at exterior locations to protect pipes from freezing.
e. Counter with serving window.
f. Lockable base and wall storage cabinets.
g. Double sink with hot and cold running water.
h. Ice machine with 75 pound capacity furnished and installed as part of the construction
contract. Drain pipe shall not be located in pathway.
i. Floor drain, located near ice machine.
j. 200 amp electrical service to support 110V/220V outlets for appliances furnished by
others. Appliances shall be limited to refrigerator, microwave oven, drink cooler, hot
dog machine, hot dog warmer, popcorn machine and other light duty appliances. Heavy
duty appliances such as cooking ranges and fryers which require hoods and fire
protection equipment are specifically prohibited.
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
32
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
12.01 Sun Control
1. Provide blinds at typical classroom and lab exterior windows. Interior blinds shall be 1” aluminum
horizontal slats. Basis of design shall be Levolor Riviera.
2. Interior windows, provided as described in the Educational Specifications for supervision
purposes, shall not have blinds except where specifically approved by DCSD.
3. Cordless blinds shall be provided in pre‐K, kindergarten, and special education classrooms.
4. Sun control at large windows and clerestories must be addressed. At high and inaccessible
windows at Clearstories, Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar
spaces.In media centers and cafeterias, sun light must be modulated to prevent glare, and to
darken the rooms for video/projection presentations. Tinted glass may be used for sun control in
lieu of blinds
12.02 Manufactured Casework
1. Manufactured Casework includes but is not limited to:
a. Classroom and office vertical storage cabinets, base cabinets with counter tops and wall
cabinets.
b. Miscellaneous specialty cabinets and shelving, such as storage for props in stage and
drama areas.
2. Construction:
a. Cabinet bodies shall be standard high pressure plastic laminate finish over industrial
grade particle board.
b. Cabinet backs shall be minimum ¼” commercial standard CS‐251 tempered hardboard
or minimum 3/8” high performance 47 lb. density particle board.
c. Cabinet sub‐base shall be of a separate and continuous ladder‐type platform design,
leveled and floor mounted prior to cabinet body placement. Material shall be exterior
grade plywood. No cabinet sides to floor will be allowed. Base front shall be finished
with 4” high black extruded rubber cove base with pre‐molded corners to match room
base.
d. Countertops shall be 1” deeper than base cabinet and 1‐1/2” thick with high pressure
plastic laminate finish.
e. Countertops for computers shall be 30” deep and be equipped w/ grommets and wire
management below.
f. Countertops without sinks shall have particle board core and water resistive adhesive.
g. Countertop with sinks shall be constructed with calibrated plywood and non‐soluble
glue to thickness indicated.
h. Counter backsplash shall match countertop construction.
i. Drawer fronts and hinged doors shall be overlay style with higher pressure laminate
exterior and interior liner and matching 3mm PVC edging.
j. Shelving behind doors shall be high pressure plastic laminate on particle board core with
matching 3mm PVC edging. Shelves behind doors up to 27” wide shall be ¾” thick and
1” thick if over 27” wide up to 36” wide. Open shelving shall be 1” thick. No shelving
shall exceed 36” unsupported width.
33
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
k. Shelving shall be adjustable and supported by side panels with concealed fasteners
capable of supporting the specified content.
3. Hardware:
a. Hinges shall be adjustable 5‐knuckle, institutional grade, and 2‐3/4” overlay type with
hospital tip. Anchor hinges with engineered screws (no wood screws)
b. Hinges shall be stainless steel with satin finish
c. Pulls for drawers and swing doors shall be ADA compliant one piece semi‐recessed
molded contour finger pulls
d. Catches shall be nylon roller or friction type.
e. Drawer slides shall be heavy duty, side mounted type, equipped with heavy duty ball
bearing nylon wheels and automatic positive stops.
f. Locks shall be half mortise design with only round cylinder exposed, five tumbler
cylinder, keyed separately with master key: satin finish.
g. Shelf clips shall be heavy duty design to hold shelf in place.
4. Accessories: Provide accessories appropriate to the cabinet’s function.
5. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and
workmanship.
6. Basis of Design Product: LSI Casework, Line L44.
12.03 Science Casework and Laboratory Equipment
1. Basis of design shall be Kewaunee Scientific Corporation, Signature Series.
2. Provide modular laboratory casework, including tops, ledges, filler panels, knee space panels,
supporting structures and miscellaneous items of equipment as specified or scheduled.
Casework shall minimally include:
a. Demonstration tables
b. Student tables
c. Storage cabinets
3. Science Casework and related furniture shall be of oak construction. Base cabinets and case
units shall be lipped style construction having drawer heads and hinged doors with radius edges,
overlapping cabinet and case openings on all edges. Face frame construction cabinets or cases
are not acceptable.
4. Cabinets shall be constructed with flush interiors having no offsets, to maximize drawer and
cupboard space and for ease of maintenance.
5. Cabinets shall be assembled using blind mortised and tenoned (or rabbeted) joints, glued and
screwed together in accordance with best cabinet maker methods. Pinned or doweled
construction is not acceptable. All exposed joints shall be closely fitted and tight, showing no
open joints.
6. All exposed corners shall be rounded.
7. Counter and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified
epoxy resins with surface coating; black color.
8. Hardware shall be stainless steel with satin finish.
9. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.
10. Equipment shall typically include:
a. Peg boards
b. Lockable storage for hazardous materials
34
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
c. Safety eyewash stations. Station must have floor drain.
d. Fume hoods, equipped with worktop, base cabinet and specified accessories.
e. Utility service outlet accessory fittings, electrical receptacles and switches shall be listed
in the Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on Drawings as mounted on the
laboratory furniture.
f. Laboratory sinks, cup sinks or drains troughs, overflows, and sink outlets with integral
tailpieces.
12.04 Darkroom Casework
Provide darkroom enlarger stations with drawer dividers to provide light safe drawers. Darkroom
enlarger station countertops and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded
modified epoxy resins with surface coating; black color.
12.05 Music Casework
Casework shall be designed for appropriate storage of music instruments, stands, sheet music and
teaching aids. Casework shall be constructed of industrial grade particle board with plastic laminate
finish selected from manufacturer’s standard finishes. Musical instrument storage cabinets and racks
shall be specifically designed and engineered for the storage and protection of the instruments stored,
shall meet specified minimum performance standards, shall be chip and abrasion resistant under normal
usage, and shall protect instruments from damage under normal school use. Each individual
compartment shall have a welded steel grill door with non‐binding, 180 degree, five knuckle safety tip
hinges and a one‐piece finger pull / padlock hasp with integral door stop feature and no moving parts.
Hardware finish shall be white epoxy powder coat. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty
against defects in material and workmanship.
Basis of Design Product: LSI Corporation of America, Inc. 8200 Series or Musical Instrument Storage
System by TMI Systems Design Corporation.
12.06 Library Shelving and Casework
Layout shall be presented to the Director of Media Services with a detailed analysis of sight lines for
security control. Obtain written approval before coordinating related electrical and data outlets.
(media center furnishings currently being updated.)
12.07 Floor Mats and Frames
For new schools and renovations to existing main entries, incorporate flooring designed to increase
safety and decrease dirt infiltration. Consider floor grilles in recessed frames, walk‐off mats, and/or
heavy‐duty carpeting in the vestibule and entrance lobby. As schools often want an entrance mat with
their school logo, consider including with contract, so that it can be properly incorporated into overall
design.
12.08 Auditorium Seating
1. Basis‐of‐Design Product: Hussey Seating Company; Quattro Chair System
35
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
2. Seating shall be fixed upholstered multiple seating with self‐raising seat mechanisms. All seating
components shall be provided by a single manufacturer. Seating Layout shall be designed with
standards spaced laterally in rows so that end standards are in alignment from first to last row,
regardless of whether aisles converge or are of constant width, and so that sightlines are
optimized. Seating with integral lighting shall not be used. Provide appropriate accommodations
for wheelchairs in accordance with ADA.
12.09 Telescoping Bleachers
1. Provide telescoping bleachers at middle and high school Gymnasiums.
2. The bleacher system shall consist of motor operated, multi‐tiered, closed deck seating rows
operating on the telescoping principal, and stacking vertically in minimal floor area when not in
use.
3. The structural system shall be engineered to withstand all applicable design loads associated
with the intended use.
4. Provide non‐marring rubber tire wheels designed for wood or synthetic floors and sized
appropriately for the specific bleacher.
5. Provide self‐storing railings at all exposed bank ends and elevated sections.
6. Coordinate Bleacher layout with ADA requirements for wheelchair seating.
7. Decking and steps shall be plywood.
8. Provide vinyl curtains where necessary to restrict access below bleachers.
9. Motor Operation:
a. Provide integral automatic electro‐mechanical propulsion system engineered specifically
for the requirements of the bleacher system.
b. All wiring within the seating bank, as well as all service wiring to the units shall be
provided, including remote control panel or pendent control.
c. Motors shall be three phase and accessible from the front of the bleachers.
d. Controls: Start, stop, forward and reverse in a single control unit together with
appropriate safety limiting features.
10. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.
11. Basis of Design: Hussey Seating Company; Model MAXAM, Model MXM 26 Series.
12.10 Site Furnishings
1. Provide a bike rack at all new schools.
2. Designers are encouraged to design inviting outdoor spaces for the students and the
community. Consider integrating the design of benches, trash receptacles, and outdoor tables
with the overall design of the project.
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13341 Exterior Bleachers
1. Provide aluminum bleachers at high school baseball fields, softball fields and tennis courts
complete with bench seats, and all related appurtenances, fittings and accessories. Attach
bleachers to a concrete slab extending to walkway system.
a. 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long
b. 42” central aisle with steps
c. Appropriate guardrails
d. Access ramps and space(s) for wheelchair shall be provided, per ADA.
e. Basis of design: Dant Clayton Alum‐A‐Stand.
36
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14210 Electric Traction Elevator
Provide passenger elevator(s) as needed to comply with A.D.A. requirements.
Elevators should be of practical size with basic, easily maintained finishes.
Elevators in school settings are often (mis)used to carry freight, causing frequent
break‐downs and expensive maintenance, so a heavier‐duty model is desired.
Doors should be sized to accommodate a stretcher in the event of an emergency.
1. Basis of Design: KONE EcoSpace. Manufacturers that require proprietary tools for maintenance
are not acceptable.
2. Provide key controlled access, cab telephone, and tie‐in to fire alarm system.
3. All controls shall be open access, non‐proprietary controls.
4. Provide a gearless traction elevator with machine room‐less application.
5. Provide the appropriate number of elevators with a minimum rated capacity of 3,500 lbs., with
manufacturer’s recommended speed for the particular installation.
6. Main power supply shall be 208, three‐Phase, with a separate equipment grounding conductor.
7. Car lighting power supply shall be 120 Volts, single‐phase, 15 Amp, 60 Hz.
8. Machine room‐less controller(s) shall be located adjacent to the hoist‐way at the top landing in
a controller space.
9. Machine and Governor
a. The machine shall be AC, gearless, mounted at the top of the hoist‐way.
b. Provide a tension type generator.
c. In the hoist way, provide an emergency stop watch in the pit and terminal stopping
switches.
d. In addition, components shall include buffers, car and counter weight, positioning
system, guiderails and attachments, coated steel belts, steel governor rope, and hoist‐
way entrances.
10. Car Components
a. Include car frame, steel cab, emergency car lighting, emergency pulsating lighting, fan,
handrails, threshold, emergency exit contact, roller guides, platform, and certificate
frame.
b. Finishes for the car front and car door shall be stainless steel.
c. Provide an aluminum egg crate suspended ceiling.
d. Submit interior cab finishes to the DeKalb County School District for written approval.
11. Signal Devices and Fixtures
a. A car operating panel shall be provided which contains all push buttons, key switches,
and message indicators for elevator operation.
b. The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency
signal.
c. Provide buttons with raised numbers and Braille markings, to comply with ADA.
d. The help button shall initiate two way communications between the car and a location
inside the building and switching over to another location if the call goes unanswered.
e. Provide hall fixtures with necessary push buttons and key switches for operations.
f. Provide elevator car position indicator, car lantern, and chime.
37
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
14420 Wheelchair Lifts
New building design should not include mechanical solutions, other than enclosed
elevators, for ADA accessibility. Vertical platform lifts can be considered for
renovations only, if ramps or other ADA acceptable devices are impractical.
Inclined stair lifts shall not be used.
1. Basis of design: Garaventa
2. Provide a vertical platform lift with a minimum rated load capacity of 750 lb., a travel speed of 9
fpm, lifting height as required by the design condition, and a minimum platform size of 37” X 51”
with a non‐skid surface.
3. Capacity of the motor shall be not less than 3/4 horse power with instant reversing motor.
4. Colors selection(s) shall be submitted to DCSD.
5. Control switches shall be provided at accessible locations on the upper and lower elevations.
6. Install a runway enclosure to prevent obstructions from entering the underside of the platform
lift, when the lift is above the lowest elevation. If it is not practical to install a runway enclosure,
the platform lift shall be equipped with an obstruction panel that will stop the downward travel
if an obstruction is encountered.
7. Provide an illuminated emergency stop alarm switch to signal for assistance in the event of an
emergency.
8. Provide 42“high gates with a combination mechanical lock and positive opening electric contact
at the upper and lower levels. Platform panels must be 42” in height.
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
Kitchen Hood
1. Double shell design consisting of an inner exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio,
constructed of heavy gauge stainless steel exterior.
2. Hood shall be installed per NFPA 96, with 96” clearance from floor to bottom edge of hood.
3. Hood shall have fire suppression (“Ansul”) system, wired to the main fire alarm panel, installed
in cabinet on end of hood. Complete electrical and gas shut‐offs shall be located at hood. pe and
Fittings
Piping and Drains
1. All mechanical piping and equipment supports exposed to the elements shall be primed,
painted, and clearly labeled to mark their service.
2. Victaulic piping shall be Schedule 40 only, and must be installed by factory‐trained installers.
Couplings shall have rubber stops.
3. All gas piping used in kitchen shall be hard black piping. Flexible connections are acceptable on
drops; however, no quick disconnects shall be used.
4. Vent stacks shall be located sufficiently far away from air intakes of HVAC equipment to prevent
drawing odors back into the building.
38
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
5. To prevent sewer gas odors from being pulled into roof top units a 25′ separation shall be
maintained between sewer vents and HVAC fresh air intakes.
6. Domestic Water pipe shall be Type L copper with lead‐free joints, chrome plated brass or copper
where exposed.
7. Domestic water supply lines from street main / meter to the building shall be copper with
progress fittings (preferred) or Schedule 80 ductile cast iron (no PVC) with thrust blocks and
tracer wire.
8. No saddle tees shall be permitted.
9. Provide T fitting at water supply to Custodial Sinks, Kitchen dish machines, and pot sinks for
installation of sanitizing chemicals.
10. Drain and vent pipes from middle and high school science labs to acid dilution tanks shall be acid
resistant polypropylene or CPVC. All other drain pipes shall be cast or ductile iron to resist
mechanical cleaning.
11. In all science lab prep rooms, water taps and electrical service shall be installed for distilled /
ionized water production equipment.
12. A grate with a funnel to prevent splashing shall be provided at floor drains that receive
discharge water from sinks that require an air gap, such as food handling sink in the kitchen.
13. Provide barrier to rodent infiltration where pipes penetrate from the exterior.
14. Provide pressure reducing valve (PRV) in boiler room.
Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies
Reduced Pressure Zone assemblies for back‐flow prevention shall be installed as required by code for all
new facilities and major renovations. Pressure reducing valve and backflow preventer shall be located in
the main meter vault.
Design Professionals please note: even if a project’s scope of work does not involve plumbing, the
DeKalb County code officials may require upgrading existing facilities to meet this requirement in order
to obtain a Building Permit or Certificate of Occupancy for any work done at the facility.
Grease Interceptors
For all new or renovated kitchens, grease interceptors shall be installed on the exterior of the building in
a readily‐accessible location. Design professional must coordinate with DeKalb County Watershed
Management’s Fats, Oils and Grease (FOG) Management program.
Traps
1. All traps must be located for ease in access for maintenance. Do not conceal in wall.
2. Trap primers shall be solenoid type, with direct digital control by the energy management
system. Do NOT use pressure drop primers. PROPRIETARY Standard of Design: ASCO RedHat
Solenoid Valve 24volt /60 Hz coil, 8210G094.
Plumbing Fixtures
2234.015 American Standard ”Madera” Elongated Flush Valve Toilet
3043.001 American Standard ”Madera” 17” ht. Elongated Flush Valve Toilet
C106C Comfort Seats (JSC) Commercial Elongated Open Front Toilet Seat
6541.511 American Standard Allbrook Urinal (Waterless urinals shall not be used)
111 XL Sloan Regal Flushometer ‐ toilet
186 XL Sloan Regal Flushometer –urinal
39
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
V‐500‐AA Sloan 3/4” x 15” Vacuum Breaker (Retrofit urinals)
0355.012 American Standard ”Lucerne” Wall‐hung Lavatory
629203C Watts Grid Drains
B‐0871 T & S Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet (Low flow aerators) (ADA compliant: use on all lavs)
102 E‐Z Lav Guard 2 Under Sink Pipe Covers
EZS8 Elkay Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (Retrofit)
EZSTL8C Elkay Bi‐level Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (New)
Sinks:
1. Kitchen : Prefer T&S Brass Kitchen faucets.
2. Custodial Sinks: floor type with hot and cold water and hose connection on mixing valve.
3. Wash fountains / stations: Basis of design: Bradley Co.
4. Kitchen hand wash sink shall have touch less, low voltage or foot operated faucet controls. Basis
of design: T&S Brass
5. Art Room Sinks: stainless steel, deep and wide without dividers, equipped with gooseneck
faucets, equipped with plaster traps. Basis of design for trap: Zurn solid interceptor Z‐1181.
Hose Bibs:
1. Interior: Provide a key operated hose bib at each multi stall restroom. Mount on wall below a
lavatory.
2. Exterior: Provide freeze‐protected hose bibs in key‐access wall boxes spaced approximately
200’ around the building perimeter. Provide one bib at each outdoor art lab space.
3. Exterior Play Fields: Provide freeze‐protected hose bibs in key‐access ground boxes adjacent to
all play fields.
Water Heaters:
Preferred manufacturers are Rheem and Rudd. Provide hot water at Adult Restrooms, Kitchens,
Custodial sinks, Work Room sinks, Gym, “Lab” (Science, Career Tech, and Art) demonstration and clean‐
up sinks, and all showers. Provide hot water in all clinic areas and at any sinks where adults are providing
diapering and/or toileting assistance for special needs students. Provide hot water at student battery
restroom closest to cafeteria. Provide anti‐scalding devices on all sinks in areas accessible to students.
Provide cold water only at any student lavatories and Classroom sinks not listed above.
Water Fountains:
Provide electric water coolers in locations, quantities and design in compliance with all codes. Provide
“bubbler” water fountains attached to sinks in duplex restrooms in new kindergarten and first grade
elementary school classrooms. Water fountains attached to sinks do NOT count towards Georgia
Department of Education minimum drinking fountain requirements.
Fire Protection
1. All new school facilities and additions constructed for DCSD shall be protected with an
automatic fire sprinkler system, per currently adopted Life Safety Code, NFPA 13 and Georgia
state modifications. Sprinkler system and other fire protection equipment shall be provided in
accordance with building codes and local requirements.
2. For additions, consideration should be given to retrofitting a fire suppression system in the
existing structure to integrate protection of the entire facility.
3. Coordinate design of sprinkler system with design of built‐in furniture and storage units such as
music instrument storage units.
40
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
4. Install pressure reducing stations as required if main water pressure fluctuates and exceeds fire
protection system working pressure.
5. Smoke detector devices need to be installed in a manner that preserves accessibility for
maintenance.
6. Require in the specifications for the subcontractor to program systems a minimum of two times
in coordination with the Owner’s direction. Prior to each programming, the subcontractor is to
prepare a draft outline of the program for the Owner’s review.
7. Adjacent to riser locations, fire protection designer should provide key plan, showing which lines
serve particular part of building. Plan should be mounted in protective frame for quick
reference in an emergency.
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
1. Due to their ever‐increasing complexity, it is imperative that building mechanical systems
interface correctly to provide safe and efficient operations for the life of the building. All
building mechanical and electrical system construction shall be thoroughly checked for proper
operation. Full commissioning is recommended.
2. Architect and engineers shall design HVAC system with total life cycle costs in mind, using most
practical approach for each project. Submit calculations for sizing HVAC units to DCSD for review
and approval. DCSD maintenance staff shall fully approve all mechanical components.
3. HVAC shall be provided in classroom areas by water source heat pumps or self‐contained wall
mounted units (basis of design: Bard Manufacturing).
4. Water source heat pumps units shall be resettable from temperature sensor or thermostat, not
from disconnects.
5. Water source heat pumps shall be extended range type with expansion valves. Cap tubes are
not acceptable.
6. Separate packaged units shall provide HVAC at the following spaces:
a. Auditorium
b. Administrative Offices
c. Counseling Offices
d. Media Center
e. Cafeteria
f. Kitchen
g. Dry Storage
h. Gyms and P.E. Areas, including coach’s offices
i. Cafeteria manager’s office
j. Network Server Rooms
k. Security Camera End Equipment Room
l. Other rooms with temperature sensitive equipment (i.e., telephone equipment,
Stadium Press Box)
Areas Requiring Special Considerations for HVAC
1. Locker room air conditioning and ventilation shall be designed to address humidity and odor
control.
2. Media Center HVAC:
a. Office and work room and conference rooms shall be placed on independently
controlled, separate zones.
41
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
b. Active humidity control shall be included in the media center HVAC design. A “moisture
miser” or ERU shall be installed in Media Center RTU.
3. All corridor, stair and elevator HVAC units shall have ducted return air, taking care to pressurize
space.
4. All computer based electronic equipment that should be located in an air conditioned space. Do
not locate telephone, MDF, IDF equipment or security camera head‐end racks in Mechanical or
Electrical Rooms. Locate telephone equipment in a separate room or in a combination room
with MDF, IDF equipment and security camera head‐end racks, all of which require similar
constant year‐round temperature control. Heating and cooling for these rooms must be capable
of maintaining ambient temperatures as required, independently of the operation of the main
building HVAC systems. Consider designing this system to accommodate additional heat load
(30% more than current load) created by equipment that may be added to these rooms in the
future.
5. Independently controlled, ductless split cooling systems shall be supplied for main server rooms
to provide cooling separate from the building system. Power for this system shall be tied to
emergency panel for generator back up.
6. Art Suite Kiln and Dark Room ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in
these spaces. Where possible, locate these spaces on exterior walls for convenient venting. Art
Suite air shall exhaust directly to the exterior and shall not re‐circulate into the building return
air system. Acceptable manufacturers: Vent‐A‐Kiln; Barry Blower; ILG
HVAC Ionization
Acceptable manufacturer: Global Plasma Systems
Equipment
Exhaust fans shall be provided per code.
Acceptable manufacturers: Greenheck, Cook, Jennaire, Gaylord, Halton, CaptiveAire
Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design, constructed of stainless steel, consisting of an inner exhaust
canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio. (See Division 11)
Cooling Towers must include basin heater; open loop tower with heat exchanger, stainless steel. No
sand filters are allowed. Heat tape shall be provided on all make‐up water lines.
PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Evapco
Water treatment (include 2 year service agreement)
Preferred provider: Superior Water Services, Inc.
All boilers shall be hot water tube type with factory start‐up. Three‐way mixing valve must be installed
on all boiler loops with the actuator supplied by CCI.
Acceptable manufacturers: Ajax; Rite; Apac
Chillers shall be air‐cooled, with factory start‐up and 5‐year service plan included.
PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Carrier Corporation
Water loop pumps shall be installed in a manner that preserves service access.
Acceptable manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Flo‐Fab, Patterson, Taco, Inc. and Armstrong
Dehumidification Units
PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Munters Corporation
Energy recovery units shall be provided.
PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Munters Corporation
Heat Exchanger shall be plate and frame type and must be located in a mechanical room; no exterior
installation is allowed.
42
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Sondex Inc.
Flow Controls and Balancing Valves for Supply and Return Line Assemblies
Acceptable manufacturers: Flow Design, Inc., Griswold, Bell & Gossett
Automated Temperature Controls and Energy Management System
Proprietary Product: Direct digital control system sole source is STAEFA TALON. Submit listing of control
points for approval by DeKalb County School District.
Building automation system controls shall be Web Control by CCI only.
Media Center shall be equipped with humidity sensors.
See DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL for non‐revenue metering connected to building automation system.
Roof‐Top Unit Security
All new roof top units (RTU’s) shall be protected by a steel cage constructed of vertical and horizontal
support bars with expanded metal reinforcements. The preferred manufacturer and product is AC
Armor’s Commercial Armor, www.acarmor.net. All RTU Security Cages shall consist of the following:
1. Custom solutions to fit each individual roof top unit
2. 1‐inch, 14‐gauge tube steel framing
3. Fully Mig welded
4. ¾‐inch square solid steel stem system
5. #9 expanded metal mesh covering access to copper coils
6. Fully serviceable access panels
7. 1/8‐inch threaded tabs
8. 3/8‐inch theft resistant bolts with access tool to secure unit
9. 1.25‐inch theft resistant bolts to secure 5‐inch cross anchors
10. 4‐inch square steel base plates at each leg to ensure proper load distribution with ¼‐inch thick
roofing pads under each base plate
11. There shall be no modification to the roofing system or impact to the roofing warranty
12. Primed and painted for rust prevention
HVAC Security System shall be installed on all new exterior HVAC units. Basis of Design: Warning
Watchdog Alarm System.
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
1. Electrical Panels: Placement of electrical panels in areas normally accessible to students,
particularly corridors, is to be avoided whenever possible. Electrical panels and other devices
located at areas normally accessible to students shall have solid front panels without louvers. If
ventilation is required by the code, it shall be provided in such a manner as to prevent students
from inserting small objects into the electrical panel or device. Such panels or devices shall be
located in special purpose locked rooms if possible.
2. Electrical Service Expandability: The electrical service for the building and overall site shall be
designed to accommodate future loads for building expansion and future portable classrooms.
(See DIVISION 1 – Core Capacity and Future Portable Classrooms). A “spare” breaker shall be
installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s), to provide electrical
service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future
portable classroom distribution panel shall be installed from the main electrical distribution
43
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
panel and capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for
the number of additional portable classrooms noted above.
3. Conductors and Grounding:
a. Aluminum wiring shall not be used on the building side of the meter. Plenum‐rated low‐
voltage cabling may be used in lieu of conduit, if cost effective. Provide cable tray or
hooks at hallways for low voltage cabling.
b. Plenum rated cabling shall only be used on the interior of buildings where appropriate
and approved by Codes. Only products that are rated and intended for use outdoors
shall be used on the exterior of buildings.
c. Low voltage cable shall be properly suspended throughout with “J” hooks, not allowed
to rest on ceiling tile or grid.
d. Conduit shall be run in a manner that preserves service access to all adjacent
equipment.
e. Provide junction box at center of room with service loop.
f. Engineered cable management systems such as Reloc are acceptable.
4. Overload Devices for Motor Starters: Motors shall be equipped with a solid state overload
protection device with an adjustable trip point rather than thermal overloads. Phase protection
devices shall be provided on all HVAC equipment.
5. Power Outlets
a. Provide at least one 110 volt duplex outlet on each wall and an average of one per eight
feet of wall.
b. Provide at least one 110 volt dedicated duplex outlet for each designated computer
outlet. (One 4‐plex outlet for each pair of computer outlets)
c. Provide one 110 volt, 20 AMP GFI duplex outlet adjacent to each sink counter.
d. Provide special voltage outlets for designated equipment such as large printer/copy
machines and other special equipment.
e. Coordinate power connections of appropriate voltage and phase to all electrical
equipment.
f. Provide master power switch at Science, Computer, Business and Career Technology
Education Labs.
g. Provide power outlets in ceiling for drop down lighting in art lab for still life and figure
drawing and for small power tools in Engineering Technology lab.
h. Provide Darkroom outlets at each enlarger station for enlarger and timers.
i. Floor outlets: Cover plates of carpeted spaces shall be flush with surrounding floor and
match the selected floor materials/color.
6. Light Fixtures
a. LED fixtures shall be used throughout.
b. The interior lighting design shall minimize fixture types and incorporate standardized
lamp inventory to the extent practicable.
c. Light levels shall comply with GADOE standards.
d. General interior lighting shall be provided by recessed 2’ x 4’ fixtures unless noted
otherwise. A safety cable should be attached to the fixture, cover reflector and lens.
44
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
e. Basis of Design for LED 2’x4’ Fixture: Columbia Lighting LJT24‐40MLG‐FSA‐EDU.
f. Provide acrylic lenses as standard; polycarbonate lens are recommended for low ceilings
in corridors, stairs and locker rooms.
g. Lighting in gymnasiums, storage areas, mechanical and electrical rooms should have
metal cage protection.
h. Lighting in damp locations, such as locker rooms and kitchens, should have vapor
retardant gasket lenses.
i. “No hold,” 6 hour mechanical timers shall be used for mechanical space lighting control.
j. The use of incandescent fixtures or dimming electronic ballasted fixtures shall be limited
to special situations, such as theatrical lighting.
k. Typical classrooms, labs, Media Centers, other Instructional spaces and Cafeterias shall
be equipped with dimmers or multiple switches in order to control light levels.
l. In halls and cafeterias, lighting shall be controlled by key switches (Leviton Key #555000)
not toggle switches.
m. If project includes new lighting mounted at high ceilings such as in gymnasiums and
cafeterias, a mobile scissor lift shall be provided for the school’s use, with space
provided for storing the lift.
7. Motion Sensors: Hallways, classrooms, labs and other instructional spaces shall be equipped
with motion sensors that will automatically turn the lights off and place the switches in the off
position when a hallway or room is not occupied. Connect motion sensors to HVAC control
system. Review characteristics of system and possible additional rooms to be included with
DCSD Facility Services for review and approval prior to incorporation into the construction
documents.
8. Gym Lighting
a. Gym lighting fixtures shall be standardized for cost efficiency to the extent possible.
b. Provide multi‐level lighting at all gyms by means of switching, not dimming. High school
and middle school gyms shall have multi‐level lighting for recreational use and
competition use at 60 fc, per athletic association requirements.
c. Gym lighting fixtures shall have fixture, lens and guard safety chains to prevent these
components from falling when damaged by impact.
9. Auditorium Lighting
a. Stage, Drama and Broadcast Video Labs shall be equipped with performance lighting
which shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects. The
Design Professional shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Lighting
Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents. General lighting
in auditorium shall not be positioned over seats; consider wall sconces, or ceiling
mounted fixtures positioned over aisles. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted
to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and Facilities Services for review
and approval.
b. Scope of work shall include overhead pipe grid, dimmable theatrical light fixtures, wiring
and control system.
c. Provide separate work light system.
d. High School Auditorium front overhead stage lighting shall be accessible from a catwalk;
drop light mounting is unacceptable.
45
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
e. Provide aisle lighting at floor level.
f. See Division 11 EQUIPMENT‐ Theatrical/Stage Equipment for Catwalk access for stage
lighting.
10. Exit and Emergency Lighting: Provide exit lights and emergency lighting fixtures required by
code. Connect all emergency and exit lighting fixtures to the generator. In large areas without
exterior windows, such as an auditorium, consider adding a small number of emergency lights
on battery back‐up, to provide light during generator start‐up time. Provide L.E.D. exit lights on
emergency circuits in quantities and locations in compliance with all applicable codes.
11. Emergency Electrical System
a. All new DeKalb County Schools shall be equipped with an automatic emergency
electrical generation system. New Generator systems shall be included in major
renovation projects at school sites that do not have generators. Any existing generators
older than 15 years shall be replaced during major renovation projects.
b. The system shall include, but shall not be limited to, a natural gas engine and electrical
generator with vibration control, automatic engine starting system with batteries,
instrument panel, weather‐protective housing, enunciator panel, exhaust silencer and
accessories. The generator shall be pad‐mounted on the exterior of the building,
protected by chain link fence.
c. Minimum Size:
i. Elementary schools: 60 KW, 480/277 volts.
ii. Middle and High schools:e 80 KW, 480/277 volts.
d. The system shall be adequately sized for and be connected to the following:
i. Emergency exit and emergency lighting fixtures (battery pack fixtures shall not
be used unless noted otherwise)
ii. Minimum of one light fixture in each classroom
iii. Fire alarm system
iv. Intercom system
v. Telephone system
vi. Security System including cameras, Intrusion alarm, access control, and door
power supplies
vii. Main server (MDF) room: All outlets; Air conditioning package unit
viii. Walk – in freezer/cooler (usually 208 volt, 3 phase)
ix. One outlet in principal’s office to maintain phone and computer
e. Some of the electronic loads listed above also need to have a small UPS/surge protector
to carry the electrical loads from the point of power interruption through start‐up of the
generator. Specifically, the intercom system, the telephone system switch, and energy
management system main panel need to be served in this manner. Normal / Emergency
Generator outlets shall be color coded / placarded in accordance with NEC. Acceptable
manufacturers: Cummings, Kohler, Generac, Detroit Diesel
f. Two‐year total service warranty contract shall be standard, with three‐year extension
included.
g. For generators with KVA loads equal to or greater than 100 KVA, Georgia Power requires
the Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) open transition transfer to have a mechanical
interlock; reference Georgia Power’s Distribution Bulletin No. 18 – 23, Section 4.2. The
following actions are required:
46
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
h. Documentation
i. DCSD Project Manager shall prepare following Georgia Power documents, and
secure signature of DCSD Executive Director of Facilities:
1. “Application for Emergency and Standby Generation Installation &
Operation”
2. “Statement of Responsibility for Operation of Emergency or Standby
Generation on the Georgia Power Company Distribution System”
ii. DCSD Project Manager shall forward signed forms to the attention of Georgia
Power representative.
iii. DCSD Project Manager shall notify Georgia Power when ATS is installed.
iv. DCSD Project Manager shall schedule Georgia Power to inspect and photograph
the mechanical interlock installation.
v. Georgia Power representative shall forward both documents (items 1 and 2)
along with photographs, to the DCSD Project Manager.
12. Exterior Lighting Fixtures: Safe lighting of our buildings, parking lots, and walkways to protect
our building occupants is of paramount importance to DCSD. The designer is responsible for
coordinating the overall design of the site lighting. Non‐building –mounted lighting for parking
areas and drives will be provided by the Georgia Power.
a. Provide adequate exterior lighting at building parking and walkway areas for security to
employees and building. Fixtures shall be energy efficient, vandal resistant, 277 volt
metal halide. Building wall packs shall be 250 watt or LED or compact fluorescent;
parking lot lights shall be 400 watt. Exterior fixtures shall be controlled by building
automation system with local override and photocells.
b. All exterior lighting shall be controlled by an energy management system with
astronomical clock and local override switch.
c. Divide controls for site lighting into zones that can be operated independently. Submit
design for zones to DCSD for review and approval.
d. Local override shall be momentary contact switch tied to building automation system.
e. Consider outside lighting at Art Patio for evening events.
13. Sports Field Lighting: The Design Professional shall develop complete drawings and
specifications to describe sports field lighting similar to those currently installed at existing
DeKalb County High Schools. Specifications shall be equal or above GHSA spec lighting manual,
available at www.ghsa.net.
a. Sports lighting shall be provided at the following fields:
i. Football / Track Stadium: 360’x 160’
ii. Baseball Field: 330’ x 380” x 330’ plus batting cage area
iii. Softball Field: 200’ x 200’ x 200’ plus batting cage area
b. Sports lighting shall provide environmental light control, with the primary goal to not
negatively impact the adjacent community with excessive spill light and glare. Design
lighting system to provide maximum spill and glare control. The specifications shall
require a photometric report from an independent or certified testing lab certifying that
the luminous intensity from any one fixture does not exceed the following criteria:
i. Football / Track Stadium: 12,000 candelas at 84 degrees above nadir
ii. Baseball Field: 12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir
47
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
iii. Softball Field: 12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir
c. Lighting system shall be designed with life cycle costs in mind. It shall be energy efficient
and cost effective to operate. Maximum energy consumption based on 5,000 hour
operating cycle:
i. Football / Track Stadium: 105.0 kWh or less
ii. Baseball Field: 77.0 kWh or less
iii. Softball Field: 33.0 kWh or less
d. The lighting system shall be designed such that the light levels are guaranteed for a
period of 25 years. Each manufacturer shall provide, along with bid, a recommended
lamp maintenance schedule required to provide guaranteed light levels for 25 years:
i. Football / Track Stadium: 50 foot candles
ii. Baseball Field (Infield): 50 foot candles
iii. Baseball Field (Outfield): 30 foot candles
iv. Softball Field (Infield): 50 foot candles
v. Softball Field (Outfield): 30 foot candles
e. The Design Professional shall develop detailed specifications for measuring the
uniformity of these basic standards.
f. Lighting system must be designed to comply with current applicable building codes and
minimum 100 mph wind speed. Cross arms shall be designed to withstand minimum 150
mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming alignment. All components shall be designed
as a system and shall include, but not be limited to:
g. Galvanized steel poles with climbing steps and safety harness. Poles shall have pre‐cast
concrete foundation with concrete backfill or concrete anchor bolt type foundation.
Exposed steel shall be a minimum of 18” above grade; direct buried steel poles will not
be permitted. Concrete or other single piece poles requiring use of heavy equipment
that may damage the site will not be permitted.
h. All exposed components shall be designed of appropriate corrosion resistant materials.
i. Die‐cast aluminum housing shall be used for luminaire reflector system.
j. Remote ballast, capacitors, fusing and safety disconnects for luminaries shall be located
in an aluminum enclosure on each pole approximately 10’ above grade.
k. Wire harness system shall be designed for trouble‐free installation.
l. System shall include lightning protection.
m. All components shall be UL listed.
n. Momentary power interruption illumination system shall be provided to provide
coverage during failure of primary system.
o. Specifications shall describe an appropriate standard for measuring compliance of the
installed system and requirements for correcting non‐compliance.
p. Include in the bid one set of replacement lamps rated at 5,000 hours or two sets if rated
at 3,000 hours. Also include preventative and spot maintenance (parts and labor) for 25
years. Coordinate details of DeKalb County School District requirements for remote
controls and incorporate those requirements into the specifications.
14. Data Cabling System: Provide Data Cabling System for computer network and equipment in
accordance with the current DCSD Technology Plan. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Data
Cabling System.
48
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
15. Telephone Cabling System: DCSD will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for
each required location. Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment.
See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Telephone Cabling System.
16. Detection Systems
a. Security alarm and Security Surveillance Camera Systems will be furnished by DCSD
under contracts separate from building contracts for new schools and additions.
Coordination between the separate contractors will be required to maintain occupancy
schedules.
b. Designer for Security Surveillance System shall coordinate design of security systems
with DCSD Director of Safety / Security.
c. Front desk design at Elementary Schools shall allow 2 Monitors to be mounted out of
view of visitors.
d. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Security System for general requirements of
Security System and the specific Video Surveillance Specification prepared for each
project.
17. Master Television Systems
a. Media centers shall have broadcast capabilities to provide video programming
throughout the building.
b. Provide drops in all spaces except storage mechanical, custodial and kitchen areas.
Coordinate Master TV Systems with DCSD MIS.
c. Cable TV signal shall be provided to the media center distribution center from the local
cable TV vendor.
d. Provide a complete Master Television Cable System for distribution of “In‐House” and
local “Cable” channels. Provide two sets of audio / video jacks on front panel for direct
insertion of customer equipment. The system shall be wired to allow tuning selected
“cable” channels through VCRs for recording or distribution throughout the system and
direct distribution of cable channels through system demodulators. Receiver / monitors
shall be furnished to provide direct monitoring of programs.
e. A one line drawing of the entire Television System shall be included in the submittal
showing the signal levels in dBmV at the input and output of each device at the head
end, tap‐off, splitters, and room outlets. The model numbers of all components shall be
included in the one line drawing. A detailed drawing of the equipment cabinets, their
components, special panels and equipment layout must be furnished for approval (no
exceptions).
f. The television Contractor shall be an authorized distributor for the equipment supplied
and maintain his own service organization capable of furnishing all warranty service. A
letter shall be included in the submittal stating the above is valid.
g. The system shall be designed for 50 db signal‐to‐noise ratio and shall provide a signal
level of a minimal of +6dbmv and a maximum of +12dbmv at each outlet.
h. The system shall be designed to allow program originating and distribution from outlets
throughout the system by the addition of proper equipment.
i. The Design Professional shall be responsible for specifying appropriate equipment,
testing and certification.
j. Acceptable manufacturers: Blonder Tongue; Drake / Dracom; Scientific Atlanta; Jerald
49
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
18. Fire Alarm System: See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Fire Alarm System.
19. Intercom System
20. Proprietary PRODUCT: Central Control Center: Rauland Telecenter VoIP System
21. Intercom system shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects, and
shall include a master clock to control bells.
22. Provide intercom call‐back system with master station in administrative office and call stations
in each normally occupied space. Design Professional to submit detailed catalog information to
DeKalb County School District for approval.
23. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Intercom System
24. Public Address System
a. Sound systems shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.
Provide public address systems at the following locations:
i. Cafeterias
ii. Gymnasiums
iii. Auditoriums
iv. Drama Labs
v. Football Stadiums
b. Architects shall be responsible for employing qualified professionals to design and
develop Construction Documents for public address systems. Design of public address
systems shall be appropriate for the acoustical conditions and volume of each space.
c. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Facilities Services Department;
the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs, and to the Coordinators of Health
and PE, Music and Drama for review and approval.
d. Features and functions shall include:
i. Solid state in‐wall type amplifier
ii. Built‐in speakers
iii. Microphones designed especially for music pickup, recording and excellent
speech reproduction
iv. Remote microphone outlets appropriate for the type of space
v. Auxiliary input for future program sources
vi. Input for school wide intercom program and system announcements
vii. Fire alarm override if required.
25. Delivery Door Bell: Provide a door bell system at the exterior delivery door(s) to alert kitchen
and/or custodial staff when deliveries have arrived. The appropriate location for the bell will be
a function of the service area layout. The Design Professional shall propose and obtain approval
for the bell location(s).
26. Clocks
27. Centrally controlled digital clocks and bell system shall be provided in halls, Cafeteria, Media
Center, main Office, and Gym.
28. Provide electrical connection in each classroom and other instructional areas for DeKalb County
School District provided electrically operated wall mounted clocks where required.
50
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
51
DCSD Design Guidelines
VERSION 2018.04.04
Revision Date - 09/24/2021
FACILITY CONDITION ASSESSMENT
Livsey Elementary School | 2021
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Executive Summary
Livsey Elementary School is located at 4137 Livsey Road in Tucker, GA. It comprises 40,414 gross square feet. At the
time of the assessment the oldest building was 49 years old.
The findings contained within this report are the result of an assessment of building systems performed by building
professionals experienced in disciplines including architecture, mechanical, plumbing and electrical. Only those systems
that were identified as having either an associated deficiency or life cycle event within a 10-year window is contained within
this report. The full list of each school's systems that are present along with the associated priorities can be found in the flat
file data grids submitted to Dekalb County. The projected replacement year of those assets within each system is also
included within this table.The total current deficiencies for this site, in 2020 construction cost dollars, are estimated at
$444,708. A ten-year need was developed to provide an understanding of the current need as well as the projected needs
in the near future. For Livsey Elementary School the ten-year need is $5,605,590.
For planning purposes, the total current deficiencies and the first five years of projected life cycle needs were combined to
calculate a Facility Condition Index (FCI). A 5-year FCI was calculated by dividing the 5-year need by the total replacement
cost. Costs associated with new construction are not included in the FCI calculation. After the 5-year FCI was calculated,
this value was subtracted from 100 to calculate the FCA Score in a similar fashion to report cards.
The Livsey Elementary School facility has a FCA score of 58.62% which is considered "Poor".
Summary of Findings
The table below summarizes the condition findings at Livsey Elementary School.
Table 1: Facility Condition by Building
Total 5 Yr Need Total 10 Yr Need
Current 5-Year Life Yrs 6-10 Life (Yr 1-5 + Current (Yr 1-10 + Current Replacement FCA
Number Building Name Deficiencies Cycle Cost Cycle Cost Defs) Defs) Cost Score
Exterior Site
Exterior Site $50,144 $0 $417,948 $50,144 $468,092
Permanent Building(s)
2010 Building 2010 $388,372 $4,040,632 $368,061 $4,429,004 $4,797,065 $9,686,704 54.28%
2020 Building 2020 $6,192 $151,253 $182,989 $157,444 $340,433 $1,518,885 89.63%
Sub Total for Permanent Building(s): $394,564 $4,191,885 $551,049 $4,586,449 $5,137,498 $11,205,589
Total for Site: $444,708 $4,191,885 $968,997 $4,636,593 $5,605,590 $11,205,589 58.62%
Note 1: Sitework improvements are proportionally incorporated into the building CRV and used to calulate the overall FCA Score.
Note 2: Aerial map including building number, gross SF, and year built of each building on the site is found on Page 3.
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 2
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Aerial Images
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 3
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Approach and Methodology
The facility condition assessment includes a visual assessment of building systems that are readily available during a
facility walk-through. The standard process does not reflect invasive, destructive assessment methods that would
require special equipment, testing or scheduled power outages. The assessment was accomplished with a view
toward identifying significant maintenance and repair deficiencies that need correction. For the purposes of this
assessment, deficient conditions captured were limited to those items that did not qualify as routine maintenance
repairs. Copies of previous reports and other documentation that were relevant to the inspection were utilized if made
available in the process. Additionally, feedback from appropriate personnel to provide background information relative
to specific building operations, function, equipment conditions, past improvements and planned upgrades were
incorporated into the results if made available to the teams while on site. Two components of the facility condition
assessment are combined to total the cost for facility need. The two components of the facility condition assessment
are current deficiencies and life cycle forecast.
Current Deficiencies: Deficiencies are items in need of repair or replacement as a result of being broken, obsolete,
deferred maintenance, or beyond useful life. The existing deficiencies that currently require correction are identified
and assigned a priority. An example of a current deficiency might include a broken lighting fixture or an inoperable
roof top air conditioning unit.
Life Cycle Forecast: Life cycle analysis evaluates the ages of a building's systems to forecast system replacement as
they reach the end of serviceable life. Estimated Useful Lives were determined based on a combination of our
(Jacobs) professional experience, RS Means, and from industry standard tables (BOMA, ASHRAE). An example of a
life cycle system replacement is a roof with a 20-year life that has been in place for 15 years and may require
replacement in five years.
All members of the survey team recorded existing conditions, identified problems and deficiencies, and documented
corrective action and quantities. The team took digital photos at each site to better identify significant deficiencies.
Facility Deficiency Priority Levels
Deficiencies were ranked according to five priority levels, with Priority 1 items being the most critical to address:
Priority 1 – Mission Critical Concerns: Deficiencies or conditions that may directly affect the site’s ability to remain
open or deliver the educational curriculum. These deficiencies typically relate to building safety, code compliance,
severely damaged or failing building components, and other items that require near-term correction. An example of a
Priority 1 deficiency is a fire alarm system replacement.
Priority 2 – Indirect Impact to Educational Mission: Items that may progress to a Priority 1 item if not addressed in the
near term. Examples of Priority 2 deficiencies include inadequate roofing that could cause deterioration of integral
building systems, and conditions affecting building envelopes, such as roof and window replacements.
Priority 3 – Short-Term Conditions: Deficiencies that are necessary to the site's mission but may not require
immediate attention. These items should be considered necessary improvements required to maximize facility
efficiency and usefulness. Examples of Priority 3 items include site improvements and plumbing deficiencies.
Priority 4 – Long-Term Requirements: Items or systems that may be considered improvements to the instructional
environment. The improvements may be aesthetic or provide greater functionality. Examples include cabinets,
finishes, paving, removal of abandoned equipment, and educational accommodations associated with special
programs.
Priority 5 – Enhancements: Deficiencies aesthetic in nature or considered enhancements. Typical deficiencies in this
priority include repainting, replacing carpet, improved signage, or other improvements to the facility environment.
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 4
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Facility Condition Assessment(FCA) Score
Facility Condition Assessment (FCA) Scores are assigned after the Facility Condition Index (FCI) is calculated.
The Facility Condition Index (FCI) is used throughout the facility condition assessment industry as a general
indicator of a building’s health. Since 1991, the facility management industry has used an index called the FCI
to benchmark the relative condition of a group of sites. The FCI is derived by dividing the total repair cost,
including site-related repairs, by the total replacement cost of all buildings. It should be noted that costs in the
New Construction category are not included in the FCI calculation. In an effort to match the report card metrics,
the FCI is subtracted from 100 to assign the FCA Score. A facility with a lower FCA Score has more need, or
higher priority, than a facility with a higher FCA Score.
The replacement value represents the estimated cost of replacing the current building with another building of
like size, based on 2021 estimated cost of construction in the DeKalb County area. The estimated replacement
cost for this facility is $11,205,589. For planning purposes, the total 5-year need at the Livsey Elementary
School is $4,636,593 (Life Cycle Years 1-5 plus the current FCI deficiency cost).
The Livsey Elementary School facility has an FCA Score of 58.62%. which is considered "Poor".
Figure 1: 5-Year FCI
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 5
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
The following table summarizes this site's current deficiencies by building system and priority.
Table 2: System by Priority (Site & Permanent Buildings)
Priority
System 1 2 3 4 5 Total % of Total
Site $0 $0 $48,067 $0 $2,077 $50,144 11.28 %
Roofing $0 $232 $1,796 $0 $0 $2,029 0.46 %
Structural $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 0.00 %
Exterior $0 $112,898 $0 $2,469 $364 $115,732 26.02 %
Interior $0 $0 $96,030 $0 $0 $96,030 21.59 %
Mechanical $0 $2,985 $69,964 $50,824 $0 $123,773 27.83 %
Electrical $0 $0 $29,672 $0 $0 $29,672 6.67 %
Plumbing $0 $0 $0 $748 $0 $748 0.17 %
Fire and Life Safety $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 0.00 %
Conveyances $0 $0 $26,581 $0 $0 $26,581 5.98 %
Specialties $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 0.00 %
Total: $0 $116,116 $272,110 $54,041 $2,441 $444,708
The building systems at the site with the most need include:
Mechanical - $123,773
Exterior - $115,732
Interior - $96,030
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 6
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
The chart below represents the building systems and associated deficiency costs.
Figure 2: System Deficiencies
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 7
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Life Cycle Capital Renewal Forecast
During the facility condition assessment, assessors inspected all major building systems. If an assessor identified a need
for immediate replacement, a deficiency was created with the item's repair costs. The identified deficiency contributes to the
facility's total current repair costs.
However, capital planning scenarios span multiple years, as opposed to being constrained to immediate repairs.
Construction projects may begin several years after the initial facility condition assessment. Therefore, in addition to the
current year repair costs, it is necessary to forecast the facility's future costs using a ten-year life cycle renewal forecast
model.
Life cycle renewal is the projection of future building system costs based upon each individual system’s expected
serviceable life. Building systems and components age over time, eventually break down, reach the end of their useful lives,
and may require replacement. While an item may be in good condition now, it might reach the end of its life before a
planned construction project occurs.
The following tables show ten-year life cycle capital renewal projections. The projections outline costs for major building
systems in which a component is expected to reach the end of its useful life and require capital funding for replacement.
Table 3a: Capital Renewal Forecast (Yrs 1-5)
Life Cycle Capital Renewal Projections
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
System 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Total 1-5
Site $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Roofing $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Exterior $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Interior $0 $0 $0 $23,404 $206,715 $230,119
Mechanical $0 $33,819 $186,749 $700,666 $326,785 $1,248,020
Electrical $0 $0 $113,220 $89,763 $807,772 $1,010,754
Plumbing $109,187 $0 $180,654 $346,854 $33,541 $670,236
Fire and Life Safety $0 $0 $7,056 $629,010 $396,691 $1,032,756
Conveyances $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Specialties $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Total $109,187 $33,819 $487,679 $1,789,696 $1,771,504 $4,191,885
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 8
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Table 3b: Capital Renewal Forecast (Yrs 6-10)
Life Cycle Capital Renewal Projections
Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10
System Total 1-5 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 Total 6-10 Total 1-10
Site $0 $0 $0 $5,037 $0 $297,671 $302,707 $302,707
Roofing $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $115,241 $115,241 $115,241
Exterior $0 $0 $3,537 $0 $0 $135,831 $139,368 $139,368
Interior $230,119 $16,335 $0 $13,423 $218,762 $0 $248,520 $478,638
Mechanical $1,248,020 $0 $0 $0 $0 $12,555 $12,555 $1,260,575
Electrical $1,010,754 $0 $0 $29,457 $0 $0 $29,457 $1,040,211
Plumbing $670,236 $10,766 $0 $0 $0 $0 $10,766 $681,002
Fire and Life Safety $1,032,756 $35,964 $0 $72,854 $0 $0 $108,818 $1,141,574
Conveyances $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0
Specialties $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $1,566 $1,566 $1,566
Total $4,191,885 $63,064 $3,537 $120,771 $218,762 $562,863 $968,997 $5,160,882
Figure 3: Ten Year Capital Renewal Forecast
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 9
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Summary of High Priority Deficiencies
Priority 2 - Indirect Impact to Educational Mission Cost
Gutter Joint Repair $232
Aluminum Window Replacement $112,898
Electric Unit Heater Replacement $2,985
Total for Priority 2 $116,116
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 10
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Deficiency Summary
(Items below detail the totals referenced in Table 2)
Site Level Deficiencies
Site
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Asphalt Driveway Replacement Capital Renewal 1,000 SF 3 $6,046 5411
Note: Replace Asphalt At Kitchen Loading Dock. Damaged, Cracked, Potholes.
Playground Equipment Replacement Capital Renewal 2 Ea. 3 $42,022 10507
Bollard Replacement Deferred 1 Ea. 5 $1,169 5413
Maintenance
Note: Replace Damaged Bollard At Kitchen Loading Dock.
Site Signage Replacement Capital Renewal 4 Ea. 5 $908 5412
Note: Faded And Front Lot
Sub Total for System 4 items $50,144
Sub Total for School and Site Level 4 items $50,144
Building: 2010 - Building 2010
Roofing
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Debris In Gutter Removal Deferred 200 LF 3 $971 5414
Maintenance
Note: Clean Alum. Walkway Roof And Gutters.
Sub Total for System 1 items $971
Exterior
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Aluminum Window Replacement Capital Renewal 1,080 SF 2 $107,999 6235
Note: Old And All Rooms. Replace Kitchen Window At Back Of School That Is Boarded Up. See Picture.
Aluminum Window Replacement Capital Renewal 19 SF 2 $1,900 6237
Note: Old And Room 14 - All Windows At School Are Original Aluminum Non-Insulated. Fifty Years Old.
Aluminum Window Replacement Capital Renewal 30 SF 2 $3,000 6238
Note: Old And Back Left Hall - They Work And Are In Good Condition.
Exterior Painting (Bldg SF) Capital Renewal 1,500 SF 4 $2,469 5431
Note: Paint Concrete Roof Beams At Admin Offices And Courtyard And Under Entrance Roof.
Sub Total for System 4 items $115,367
Interior
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Existing Door Hardware Is Not ADA Compliant ADA Compliance 92 Door 3 $96,030 5432
Note: Not ADA
Sub Total for System 1 items $96,030
Mechanical
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Electric Unit Heater Replacement Capital Renewal 2 Ea. 2 $1,764 5445
Note: Beyond Useful Life
Location: Restrooms
Electric Unit Heater Replacement Capital Renewal 1 Ea. 2 $1,222 5446
Note: Beyond Useful Life
Location: Kitchen
Testing And Balancing Deferred 34,936 SF 3 $69,964 5454
Maintenance
Note: Beyond Useful Life
Existing Controls Are Obsolete Capital Renewal 34,936 SF 4 $50,824 10508
Sub Total for System 4 items $123,773
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 11
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Electrical
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Lightning Protection System Installation Functional Deficiency 34,936 SF 3 $25,650 5442
Note: Missing - Building
Sub Total for System 1 items $25,650
Conveyances
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Platform Lift Needed for Access ADA Compliance 1 Ea. 3 $26,581 5433
Note: No Ramp To Stage
Sub Total for System 1 items $26,581
Sub Total for Building 2010 - Building 2010 12 items $388,372
Building: 2020 - Building 2020
Roofing
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Gutter Joint Repair Deferred 1 Ea. 2 $232 5435
Maintenance
Note: Leaking And Front
Debris In Gutter Removal Deferred 170 LF 3 $825 5434
Maintenance
Note: Leaves And Front And Back
Sub Total for System 2 items $1,058
Exterior
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Exterior Cleaning Deferred 100 SF 5 $364 5436
Maintenance Wall
Note: Gutter Leak And Front
Sub Total for System 1 items $364
Electrical
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Lightning Protection System Installation Functional Deficiency 5,478 SF 3 $4,022 5466
Note: Missing - Building
Sub Total for System 1 items $4,022
Plumbing
Deficiency Category Qty UoM Priority Repair Cost ID
Custodial Mop Or Service Sink Replacement Capital Renewal 1 Ea. 4 $748 5469
Note: Beyond Useful Life
Location: Storage
Sub Total for System 1 items $748
Sub Total for Building 2020 - Building 2020 5 items $6,192
Total for Campus 21 items $444,708
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 12
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Life Cycle Summary Yrs 1-10
(Items below detail the totals referenced in Tables 3a & 3b)
Site Level Life Cycle Items
Site
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Fences and Gates Fencing - Wood 3 140 LF $5,037 8
Parking Lot Pavement Asphalt 3 60 CAR $109,986 10
Roadway Pavement Asphalt Driveways 3 23,100 SF $187,685 10
Sub Total for System 3 items $302,707
Roofing
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Canopy Roofing Aluminum panels 4 1,800 SF $115,241 10
Sub Total for System 1 items $115,241
Sub Total for Building - 4 items $417,948
Building: 2010 - Building 2010
Exterior
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Exterior Wall Veneer Exterior Painting - Bldg SF basis 2 1,747 SF $3,537 7
Exterior Entrance Doors Steel - Insulated and Painted 3 25 Door $117,095 10
Sub Total for System 2 items $120,633
Interior
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Carpeting Carpet 4 1,747 SF $23,404 4
Note: Offices
Acoustical Suspended Ceilings Ceilings - Acoustical Tiles 4 27,949 SF $178,143 5
Compartments and Cubicles Toilet Partitions 4 13 Stall $28,571 5
Suspended Plaster and Painted ceilings 5 6,987 SF $16,335 6
Note: Bathrooms & kitchen
Resilient Flooring Vinyl Composition Tile Flooring 4 20,962 SF $218,762 9
Sub Total for System 5 items $465,215
Mechanical
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Exhaust Air Roof Exhaust Fan - Small 3 5 Ea. $9,773 2
Exhaust Air Roof Exhaust Fan - Large 3 2 Ea. $16,031 2
Exhaust Air Roof Exhaust Fan - Large 3 1 Ea. $8,015 2
Central Cooling Chiller - Outdoor Air Cooled (20 Ton) 2 1 Ea. $36,439 3
Facility Hydronic Distribution Pump - 5HP 4 1 Ea. $7,037 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech room
HVAC Air Distribution VAV Boxes / Terminal Device 4 36 Ea. $143,273 3
Decentralized Cooling Ductless Split System (3 Ton) 2 1 Ea. $5,740 4
Note: Beyond service life - Data 16.1
Decentralized Cooling Window Units 5 4 Ea. $13,059 4
HVAC Air Distribution Roof Top Unit - DX Gas (40 Ton) 2 1 Ea. $86,894 4
HVAC Air Distribution Roof Top Unit - DX Gas (40 Ton) 2 1 Ea. $86,894 4
HVAC Air Distribution Roof Top Unit - DX Gas (10 Ton) 2 1 Ea. $25,646 4
HVAC Air Distribution Ductwork (Bldg.SF) 3 34,936 SF $471,996 4
Decentralized Heating Equipment Unit Heater Electric (3 KW) 3 2 Ea. $1,985 4
Decentralized Heating Equipment Unit Heater Electric (5 KW) 3 1 Ea. $1,375 4
Decentralized Cooling Thru-Wall AC (1 Ton) 3 1 Ea. $3,042 4
Air Distribution Energy Recovery Unit (10,000 CFM) 3 1 Ea. $29,522 5
Facility Hydronic Distribution 2-Pipe Water System (Hot) 3 34,936 SF $161,982 5
Exhaust Air Interior Ceiling Exhaust Fan 3 1 Ea. $531 5
Heat Generation Boiler - Steel Tube (3200 MBH) 2 1 Ea. $122,553 5
Note: Beyond service life - Mech room
Exhaust Air Kitchen Exhaust Hoods 3 1 Ea. $12,198 5
Sub Total for System 20 items $1,243,985
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 13
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Electrical
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Power Distribution Motor Controller (Loads) 3 12 Ea. $22,648 3
Note: 12 Loads - Beyond service life - Mech room
Electrical Service Transformer (75 KVA) 2 1 Ea. $7,486 3
Note: Beyond service life - Elec 19
Electrical Service Transformer (112.5 KVA) 2 1 Ea. $10,179 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech room
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 125A 3 1 Ea. $1,499 3
Note: Beyond service life - hallway
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 225A 3 1 Ea. $5,649 3
Note: Beyond service life - Stage
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 225A 3 1 Ea. $5,649 3
Note: Beyond service life - Kitchen
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 225A 3 2 Ea. $11,300 3
Note: Beyond service life - Elec 19
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 225A 3 1 Ea. $5,649 3
Note: Beyond service life - Elec 19
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/208 400A 3 1 Ea. $12,679 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech Room
Power Distribution Panelboard - 120/240 100A 3 1 Ea. $4,351 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech room
Power Distribution Panelboard - 277/480 225A 3 1 Ea. $9,629 3
Note: Beyond service life - Stage
Power Distribution Panelboard - 277/480 225A 3 1 Ea. $9,629 3
Note: Beyond service life - hallway
Power Distribution Panelboard - 277/480 100A 3 1 Ea. $6,871 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech Room
Power Distribution Power Wiring 3 34,936 SF $43,906 4
Distributed Systems Public Address System Head End Unit 2 1 Ea. $7,732 4
Distributed Systems PA Communications (Bldg.SF) 2 34,936 SF $38,124 4
Lighting Fixtures Light Fixtures (Bldg SF) 4 34,936 SF $698,281 5
Sub Total for System 17 items $901,263
Plumbing
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Sanitary Sewerage Piping Sanitary Sewer Piping 2 34,936 SF $109,187 1
Domestic Water Equipment Water Heater - Gas - 100 Gallon 2 1 Ea. $6,559 3
Note: Beyond service life - Mech room
Domestic Water Piping Domestic Water Piping System (Bldg.SF) 3 34,936 SF $171,901 3
Domestic Water Equipment Gas Piping System (BldgSF) 2 34,936 SF $78,745 4
Plumbing Fixtures Restroom Lavatory 3 23 Ea. $66,109 4
Note: Beyond service life - restrooms
Plumbing Fixtures Sink - Service / Mop Sink 5 1 Ea. $842 4
Note: Beyond service life - custodians
Plumbing Fixtures Toilets 3 25 Ea. $133,842 4
Note: Beyond service life - restrooms
Plumbing Fixtures Urinals 3 5 Ea. $7,165 4
Note: Beyond service life - restrooms
Plumbing Fixtures Refrigerated Drinking Fountain 4 8 Ea. $18,644 4
Note: Beyond service life - hallways
Compressed-Air Systems Air Compressor (5 hp) 3 1 Ea. $5,974 4
Plumbing Fixtures Classroom Lavatory 4 12 Ea. $33,541 5
Note: Beyond service life - classrooms
Domestic Water Equipment Backflow Preventers - 6 in. (Ea) 5 1 Ea. $10,766 6
Sub Total for System 12 items $643,275
Fire and Life Safety
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Fire Detection and Alarm Fire Alarm Panel 1 1 Ea. $7,056 3
Security System Component Security Alarm System 1 34,936 SF $412,817 4
Fire Detection and Alarm Fire Alarm 1 34,936 SF $216,192 4
Water-Based Fire-Suppression Fire Sprinkler System (Bldg.SF) 1 34,936 SF $396,691 5
Sub Total for System 4 items $1,032,756
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 14
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Specialties
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Movable Multiple Seating Bleachers 4 3 Seat $1,566 10
Sub Total for System 1 items $1,566
Sub Total for Building 2010 - Building 2010 61 items $4,408,693
Building: 2020 - Building 2020
Exterior
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Exterior Entrance Doors Steel - Insulated and Painted 3 4 Door $18,736 10
Sub Total for System 1 items $18,736
Interior
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Acoustical Suspended Ceilings Ceilings - Acoustical Tiles 4 548 SF $3,817 8
Compartments and Cubicles Toilet Partitions 4 4 Stall $9,606 8
Sub Total for System 2 items $13,423
Mechanical
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Decentralized Heating Equipment Unit Heater Electric (3 KW) 3 1 Ea. $993 4
Decentralized Cooling Thru-Wall AC (1 Ton) 3 1 Ea. $3,042 4
Heating System Supplementary Controls - Electronic (Bldg.SF) 4 5,478 SF $10,710 10
Components
Exhaust Air Interior Ceiling Exhaust Fan 3 3 Ea. $1,845 10
Sub Total for System 4 items $16,590
Electrical
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Lighting Fixtures Light Fixtures (Bldg SF) 4 5,478 SF $109,491 5
Audio-Video Systems PA Communications No Head Unit (Bldg SF) 2 5,478 SF $4,619 8
Electrical Service Exterior Dry Type Transformer (75 KVA) 2 1 Ea. $24,839 8
Sub Total for System 3 items $138,949
Plumbing
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Domestic Water Equipment Water Heater - Electric - 30 gallon 2 1 Ea. $2,194 3
Plumbing Fixtures Restroom Lavatory 3 2 Ea. $5,749 4
Plumbing Fixtures Sink - Service / Mop Sink 5 1 Ea. $842 4
Plumbing Fixtures Toilets 3 4 Ea. $21,415 4
Plumbing Fixtures Urinals 3 2 Ea. $2,866 4
Plumbing Fixtures Refrigerated Drinking Fountain 4 2 Ea. $4,661 4
Sub Total for System 6 items $37,727
Fire and Life Safety
Uniformat Description LC Type Description Priority Qty UoM Repair Cost Remaining Life
Fire Detection and Alarm Fire Alarm 1 5,478 SF $35,964 6
Security System Component Security Alarm System 1 5,478 SF $72,854 8
Sub Total for System 2 items $108,818
Sub Total for Building 2020 - Building 2020 18 items $334,241
Total for: Livsey Elementary School 83 items $5,160,882
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 15
Facility Condition Assessment
DeKalb County SD - Livsey Elementary School
Supporting Photos
Roof Clean Aluminum Covered Walkway/Gutters
Roof Ponding. Slope To Gutters Replace Signs
Replace Bollard And Asphalt At Kitchen Loading Dock
M▪A▪P▪P▪S ©, Jacobs 2021 Revision Date - 09/24/2021 16
109
0
1080
Livsey Elementary Facility (F:1061)
4137 Livsey Road 30084 9.7 acres
1090
10
90
1 070
SMITHSONIA DR
B: 2020
5,478 Sq.Ft. 10
80
Year: 2003
R RD
C KE
E TU
BL EM
CH A
B: 2010
4717 4718 34,936 Sq.Ft.
T-1 444
Year: 1971
T-2675 T-2247
3829
DSI-5612
DSI-11404
1070
± 1060
Livsey Elementary Facility 1050
F:1061
DCSD Planning Department 4/16/2019
0 40 80 160
LI VS EY R LIVSEY RD
D
Scale in Feet
LIVSEY ELEMENTARY FACILITY 4137 LIVSEY RD. TUCKER, GA 30084 (678)874-3300 FACILITY# 644-1061-1395.01 9.8 ACRES
GYM
1
2020 PHY-ED
2003 5478
5,478 SF
CAN RM KITCHEN R
MECH RM 22
COVERED WALKWAY
22.1 R
KITCHEN
MECH RM R R COOLER
1988
576
STORAGE
SERVE
SPEECH
LIVSEY ELEMENTARY FACILITY
CAFETERIA
STAGE 21
CAFETERIA
4975
14 2010
STORAGE SP ED 1971
16.1 14 34,936 SF
STOR-NI SP-ED
480 590
16
SP ED
18 17 16 12 10 8 6 4 2
5TH 5TH SP-ED 2ND 3RD 3RD K K K
18 17 590 12 10 8 6 4 2
4TH-5TH 4TH-5TH 4TH-5TH K-3RD K-3RD K-3RD K-3RD K-3RD
756 756 756 756 720 720 720 972
MEDIA CENTER T WK RM EL
9 7 5 3 1
19.1 R R 4TH 1ST 1ST 1ST PRE-K
19 T-WK RM
600 9 7 5 3 1
MEDIA 19 4TH-5TH K-3RD K-3RD K-3RD K-3RD
R R SP ED 756 756 720 720 972
2433 OFFICE
PRIN 20 ROOM LABEL LEGEND
POSTED ROOM NUMBER
ART
STORAGE STORAGE
SP-ED
ROOM/SPACE NAME
STORAGE R 788
DOE SPACE NUMBER
DOE SPACE TYPE
CLINIC V SQUARE FOOTAGE
OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SCALE Page 1 of 1 UPDATED: 7/13/2017 BY: AM
APPENDIX H
AE Services for Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement - SPLOST V Project # 359-35
Anticipated
Project Design, Review, Anticipated
Construction
Permitting Construction
Anticipated Procurement
Pre-Submittal Final Board Anticipated
RFQu Opens Conference Questions Due Addendum Due Date Approval NOA NTP End Start NTP Start End
Livsey ES MBSR 01/19/23 02/02/23 02/08/23 02/15/23 02/23/23 04/17/23 04/24/23 05/24/23 11/24/23 1/2024 3/2024 3/2024 7/2026
APPENDIX I
STANDARD FORM OF CONTRACT
FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(STATE CAPITAL OUTLAY PROJECTS)
BETWEEN THE
DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION
AND THE ARCHITECT
Architect:
Architect Address:
Project Name: Livsey Elementary School Major Building System
Replacement
Project Address: 4137 Livsey Road, Tucker, GA 30084
Project No.: 359-35
Solicitation No.: RFQu No. 23-752-010
Cost Code: SP5FACCON.35935.ARCHITECT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents
ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................................................... 2
ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT ........................ 3
ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES ............................................... 3
ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS........................................................................... 4
ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE ...................................................................................... 7
ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION ............................ 7
ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN ................... 7
ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY ..........................................................................................................12
ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................13
ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS ..................................................................13
ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................14
ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS .........................................................................................18
ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER ...............18
ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW..............................................................................................19
ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................19
ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ..........................................................................20
ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................20
ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE .........................................................20
ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE ..........................................................................................21
ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION ...................................................................................................21
ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER.........................................................................................................21
ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES ..................................................22
ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT ..................................................................................22
ARTICLE 24 MANDATORY ADDENDUM TO THE OWNER/ARCHITECT CONTRACT ..........22
ARTICLE 25 ENTIRE AGREEMENT .......................................................................................22
ARTICLE 26 MISCELLANEOUS ..............................................................................................23
EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT ................................26
EXHIBIT “B” MANDATORY ADDENDUM ..............................................................................27
EXHIBIT “C” OTHER INSURANCE ..........................................................................................31
EXHIBIT “D” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM ............................................33
EXHIBIT “E” ARCHITECT’S PROPOSAL …………………………………………………………. 34
EXHIBIT “F” CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT …………………………………………………………. 35
EXHIBIT “G” SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT…………………………………………………….37
EXHIBIT “H” AFFIDAIT OF EXEMPTION …………………………………………………………. 39
i
CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
This contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into by and between the DeKalb County
Board of Education (the "Owner") and (the "Architect"). This Contract shall
be effective on the date executed by the last party to execute it.
The architectural services required by this Contract are to be rendered for a construction
project identified as Livsey Elementary School Major Building System Replacement (the
"Project").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements
stated herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Owner and the Architect agree:
ARTICLE 1
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
In order to induce the Owner to execute this Contract and recognizing that Owner is relying
thereon, and without limiting or restricting any other representation or warranty set forth elsewhere
in this Contract or implied by operation of law, the Architect, by executing this Contract, makes
the following express representations to the Owner:
1.1 The Architect is professionally qualified to act as the architect for the Project and
is licensed to practice architecture by all public entities having jurisdiction over the Architect and
the Project;
1.2 The Architect has and shall maintain all necessary licenses, permits or other
authorizations necessary to act as architect for the Project until the Architect's duties hereunder
have been fully satisfied;
1.3 The Architect has become familiar with the Project site and the local conditions
under which the Project is to be designed, constructed, and operated;
1.4 The Architect shall prepare all documents and things required by this Contract
including, but not limited to, all contract plans and specifications, in such a manner that they shall
be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in conformity and comply
with all applicable law, codes and regulations; and
1.5 The Architect assumes full responsibility to the Owner for the improper acts and
omissions of Architect’s consultants or others employed or retained by the Architect in connection
with the Project.
2
ARTICLE 2
PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT
Prior to the preparation of the Schematic Design as required by Article 3 below, the
Architect shall first consult in detail with the Owner, and shall carefully examine any information
provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s policies, purposes, concepts, objectives, desires,
and design, construction, scheduling, budgetary or operational Project needs, restrictions or
requirements, and any other information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s criteria
for the Project (collectively, all of the foregoing information may be referred to as the “Owner’s
Criteria”). Following such examination, and in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after the
effective date of this Contract, the Architect shall prepare and submit to the Owner a written report
detailing the Architect’s budgetary, operational, or other problems or recommendations which may
result from the Owner’s Criteria. The written report of the Architect shall also include proposed
solutions, if appropriate; addressing each of such identified problems.
ARTICLE 3
PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES
3.1 After reviewing with the Owner the written report required by Article 2 above,
agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the Owner's Criteria,
the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “Schematic Design” for the Project per RFQu
Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Schematic Design shall be consistent with the
Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in
RFQu Appendix B: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. This includes:
3.1.1 Schematic Design Drawings
3.1.2 Preliminary Outline of Specifications
3.1.3 Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 below
3.1.4 Written description of major components of the Design
3.1.5 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and
depict the Preliminary Design and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as,
and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project.
3.2 Upon completion of the Schematic Design and as part of the Schematic Design
submittal, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing, its preliminary estimate for
constructing the Project. This estimate may be based on current area, volume or similar
conceptual estimating techniques. As the design process progresses through the end of the
preparation of the Construction Documents (CD), the Architect shall update and refine the
preliminary estimate of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project. At a
minimum, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its updated and refined estimate per
the requirements outlined in RFQu Appendix B: Design Review – Minimum Submittal
Requirements. The Architect shall advise the Owner of any adjustments to previous estimates
for constructing the Project. If at any time the Architect's estimate for constructing the Project
3
exceeds the Owner's Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) by more than 5%, the Architect shall make
appropriate revisions to the Design Documents to bring the cost within the SCL. These revisions
will be performed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect will also be
responsible for creating a Recovery Schedule to complete the design per the original Design
Schedule.
3.3 In preparing estimates of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the
Project, the Architect shall be permitted to include reasonable contingencies for design, bidding
and price escalation; to determine what materials, equipment, component systems and types of
construction acceptable to Owner are to be included in the Construction Documents (CD); to
make reasonable adjustments in the scope of the Project acceptable to Owner and to include in
the Design for Construction alternate bids acceptable to Owner as may be necessary to adjust
the estimated contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project to meet the Owner's
budget.
3.4 Upon completion and submittal of the Schematic Design and the Preliminary
Estimate, the Owner, the Owner’s Representatives, and other parties as deemed necessary will
review the documents for general compliance with the Owner’s design criteria described in Article
2 of this Contract. The Architect will participate in a Design Review Meeting at the end of the
design review period and, once in agreement with the proposed comments/ revisions, will proceed
to the 50% Construction Drawings Phase, where he will promptly incorporate the agreed upon
comments/ revisions into the Design Documents.
3.5 After reviewing with the Owner the design review comments identified in 3.4 above,
and agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the review, the
Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “ 50% Construction Drawings” submittal for the
Project per RFQu Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The 50% Construction Drawings
submittal shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a
minimum the information outlined in RFQu Appendix B: Design Review – Minimum Submittal
Requirements.: This includes:
3.5.1 50% Construction Drawings
3.5.2 Initial Draft of Specification Manual
3.5.3 Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 above
3.5.4 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and
depict the 50% Construction Drawings Concepts and the conformity of same with the
Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project.
ARTICLE 4
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
4.1 Upon written direction from the Owner, after reviewing with the Owner the 50%
Construction Drawings Submittal required by Article 3 above, and after incorporating any changes
or alterations authorized or directed by the Owner with respect to the 50% Construction Drawings
Submittal or with respect to the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, , the Architect shall draft and
4
submit to the Owner the “Construction Documents (CD)” in the phased submittals outlined in RFQu
Appendix B: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFQu Appendix G: Owner’s
Master Schedule. The Construction Documents shall include plans and specifications which
describe with specificity all systems, elements, details, components, materials, equipment, and other
information necessary for construction of the Project. In preparing the Construction Documents,
including without limitation any changes thereto, the Architect shall, as and when necessary, file and
review all plans and specifications with all departments, divisions and offices of the State of Georgia
and of DeKalb County having jurisdiction and requiring such filing or review, including without
limitation the State of Georgia Department of Education, State of Georgia Environmental Protection
Division, DeKalb County Building Department, DeKalb County Development Department and
DeKalb County Fire Marshall, and incorporate all required review comments into the plans and
specifications. The Construction Documents shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for
construction and shall be in strict conformity, and strictly comply, with all applicable law, codes and
regulations, and with all standards, criteria (including the Owner’s Criteria), and memoranda of policy
furnished by the Owner. Products, equipment and materials specified for use shall be readily
available unless written authorization to the contrary is given by the Owner. The services required
of the Architect under this Contract do include, without limitation, an Erosion, Sedimentation and
Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources
Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, building evacuation plans, site
evacuation plans, demolition plans (if demolition is applicable), and any and all other services
required by law or otherwise necessary to provide permittable drawings and specifications.
4.2 All plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of the Architect.
Structural, electrical, and mechanical plans and specifications shall also bear the signature and
seal of the respective engineers, licensed in the State of Georgia. Five (5) sets of all plans, sized
30” x 42”, and specifications, properly signed and sealed, shall be furnished to the Owner at every
submittal stage. In addition:
4.2.1 Architect shall provide Owner with all final plans on computer disk in
AutoCAD version 2000, or scanned onto magnetic media that can be accessed by
AutoCAD 2000;
4.2.2 Drawings will be posted on the District’s Project Management software
Proliance “Contract Manager System” (CMS) using an Owner supplied license, as
follows:
4.2.2.1 Preliminary Consultation and Examination Report – Posted on
CMS as a PDF file.
4.2.2.2 Schematic Design Submittal – Drawings posted as one PDF file,
specifications posted as one PDF file, additional reports posted as
PDF files.
4.2.2.3 Construction Documents – 50% same as 4.2.2.2
4.2.2.4 100% Construction Documents – Each drawing and specification
section is to be posted as a separate PDF file.
4.2.3 Architect shall provide Owner with 11” x 17” prints of the final site plan,
grading plan, staking plan, and overall floor plan; and
4.2.4 The maximum drawing sheet size shall be 30” x 42”.
5
4.2.5 If the Project involves construction to an existing school structure, Architect
shall create and submit to Owner an evacuation plan for use during construction. If the
Project has more than one Phase, Architect shall provide an evacuation plan specific to
each Phase of construction. Any such evacuation plan created by the Architect for the
Project shall be submitted to and subject to approval by the DeKalb County Fire Marshall.
The Architect shall supplement any evacuation plan as required and necessary.
4.3 The Architect is responsible for the calculating in detail of all structural, mechanical,
and electrical work including, but not limited to, the furnishing to the Owner of life-cycle-costing
and energy consumption analyses for the purpose of ascertaining and verifying (i) adequacy and
correctness of equipment specified or shown on the plans and (ii) that the plans and specifications
do not violate sound and accepted engineering principles; and
4.3.1 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the entire structural
system for expansion and contraction, including but not limited to, building frames, the roof
system, gravel stops, gutters, roof expansion joints, metal flashing and metal
counterflashing, roof decks, and masonry walls; and
4.3.2 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the mechanical work for
expansion and contraction.
4.4 The Architect shall design all buildings in such manner that, if such buildings are
constructed in accordance with the construction contract between the Owner and contractor
(hereinafter “Construction Contract”), such buildings will be free from leaks.
4.5 The Architect agrees that budgetary limitations are not a justification for breach of
sound principles of architectural and engineering design. The Architect shall take no calculated
risks in the design of the work. The Architect agrees that in the event it cannot design the work
within the Owner’s financial limitations without disregarding sound principles of design or in the
event the Architect is requested by any person, agency, or public body to make any changes
involving quality or quantity of the work, Architect shall give written notice to the Owner and obtain
written direction from the Owner before proceeding.
4.6 The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the Owner does not undertake to
approve or pass upon matters of design and that the Owner, therefore, assumes no responsibility
for design. The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the review of plans and specifications
by the Owner is limited to determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the
Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The Owner does not undertake to inquire into the adequacy,
fitness, suitability, or correctness of engineering or architectural design. The Architect agrees that
no review of plans and specifications by the Owner or by any person, body, or agency shall relieve
Architect of the responsibility for the adequacy and correctness of architectural and engineering
design and for designing the work in accordance with sound and accepted engineering and
architectural principles.
4.7 The Architect shall create and provide to Owner a list of the plans, specifications
and other documents constituting the 100% Construction Documents (the “Design Document
List”). The Architect shall update the Design Document List and provide such updates to the
Owner and the contractor as and when Owner authorized addenda, Change Orders, or other
Owner authorized revisions to the Design for Construction are issued. The Architect shall ensure
that the Design Document List is at all times accurate, complete and current; taking into account
all Owner authorized changes to the Construction Contract.
6
ARTICLE 5
FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE
Contemporaneously with the submission of the 50% Construction Documents, the
Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its final estimate for constructing the Project. The
final estimate for constructing the Project shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the
requirements of paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 above. Once submitted, the final price estimate shall not
be increased or decreased by the Architect unless the Construction Documents are changed upon
authorization by the Owner. In such event the final price estimate shall be adjusted by the
Architect to reflect any increase or decrease in estimated price resulting from the change in
Construction Documents.
ARTICLE 6
EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION
Prior to the Architect starting the Preliminary Design, the Owner may establish and
communicate to the Architect a maximum amount for payment to the contractor as the Contract
Price for constructing the Project (the “Stated Cost Limitation”). In the event the Architect's final
anticipated price estimate as required by Article 5 exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, or in the
event the lowest bid or guaranteed maximum price or negotiated proposal from a qualified
contractor exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, the Owner may require the Architect, at no cost to
the Owner, to consult with the Owner and to revise the Design for Construction so as to obtain a
bid price or proposal at or below the Stated Cost Limitation. Absent clear and convincing evidence
of gross negligence of the Architect in making its final anticipated price estimate or in designing
the Project without regard to the Stated Cost Limitation, providing such revisions shall fulfill the
Architect's liability to the Owner in connection with the Stated Cost Limitation.
ARTICLE 7
DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN
7.1 The Architect shall assist the Owner in obtaining bids or proposals and in tabulating
bids and assessing the qualifications of bidders.
7.2 During construction of the Project, and at all times relevant thereto, the Architect
shall have and perform the following duties, obligations, and responsibilities;
7.2.1 In addition to its duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth in the following
paragraphs of this Article 7, the Architect shall have and perform those duties, obligations and
responsibilities of the Architect set forth in the Construction Contract. The Architect hereby
acknowledges that it has received, reviewed and studied a true and correct unexecuted copy of
the form of the Construction Contract and same is herein incorporated by reference. Copies of
the Owner’s forms of the Construction Contracts are available for review on the Owner’s website.
Any changes to the form of Construction Contract made by the Owner shall be enforceable under
this Contract unless such change is inconsistent with this Contract and the Architect specifically
objects to such change, in writing, not later than five (5) days from the Architect’s receipt of such
change;
7
7.2.2 The Architect shall, as contemplated herein and in the Construction Contract, but
not otherwise, act on behalf, and be the agent, of the Owner throughout construction of the
Project. Instructions, directions, and other appropriate communications from the Owner to the
contractor shall be given to the contractor by the Architect;
7.2.3 Upon receipt, the Architect shall carefully review and examine the contractor's
Schedule of Values, together with any supporting documentation or data which the Owner or the
Architect may require from the contractor. The purpose of such review and examination shall be
to protect the Owner from an unbalanced Schedule of Values which allocates greater value to
certain elements of the work than is indicated by such supporting documentation or data, or than
is reasonable under the circumstances. If the Schedule of Values is not found to be appropriate,
or if the supporting documentation or data is inadequate, the Schedule of Values shall be returned
to the contractor for revision or supporting documentation or data. After making such
examination, if the Schedule of Values is found to be appropriate as submitted, or if necessary,
as revised, the Architect shall sign the Schedule of Values thereby indicating its informed belief
that the Schedule of Values constitutes a reasonable, balanced basis for payment of the Contract
Price to the contractor;
7.2.4 The Architect shall inspect the work of the contractor whenever and wherever
necessary, including without limitation, within 24 hours of the Owner’s request, and shall, at a
minimum, inspect work at the Project site no less frequently than once per week. Such
inspections shall be performed personally by a principal of the Architect’s firm, licensed in the
State of Georgia, at least once per month. The Architect shall require its consultants to participate
in such inspections and to generate written reports within three (3) business days thereof with
respect to their respective disciplines periodically as necessary to protect the Owner. A copy of
any such written report shall be provided to Owner within three (3) business days of receipt by
Architect. The purpose of such inspections shall be to determine the quality and quantity of the
work in comparison with the requirements of the Construction Contract. While performing such
inspections, the Architect shall protect the Owner from deficient or defective work, from
unexcused delays in the schedule and from requests for payment which could result in
overpayment to the contractor. Within three (3) days of each inspection the Architect shall submit
a written report of such inspection, together with any appropriate comments or recommendations,
to the Owner;
7.2.4.1 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through
its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely inspect the installation of the control measures set
forth in the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of
Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water
discharge permit;
7.2.4.2 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through
its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely perform such inspections as are required by the State
of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water
discharge permit;
7.2.4.3 The Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall perform the duties,
obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” under the State of Georgia
Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge
permit. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “design professional” shall have
8
the meaning ascribed to it in the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources
Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit;
7.2.4.4 Excepting only the preparation of the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control
Plan referred to in paragraph 4.1, the inspections referred to in paragraphs 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2,
and the performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional”
referred to in paragraph 7.2.4.3, the Architect shall ensure that the construction contractor
provides, satisfies or otherwise complies with all requirements and conditions of the State of
Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water
discharge permit, including, without limitation, all notices, fees, plan implementation, monitoring,
sampling, inspections, reports, record keeping, submittals and any other requirements and
conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection
Division storm water discharge permit;
7.2.5 The Architect shall initially approve periodic and final payments owed to the
contractor under the Construction Contract predicated upon inspections of the work as required
in paragraph 7.2.4 hereinabove and evaluations of the contractor's rate of progress in light of the
remaining Contract Time and shall issue to the Owner Approvals of Payment in such amounts.
By issuing an Approval of Payment to the Owner, the Architect reliably informs the Owner that
the Architect has made the inspection of the work required by paragraph 7.2.4 above, and that
the work for which payment is approved has reached the quantities or percentages of completion
shown, or both, that the quality of the contractor's work meets or exceeds the requirements of the
Construction Contract, and that under the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract, the
Owner is obligated to make payment to the contractor of the amount approved;
7.2.6 The Architect shall promptly provide appropriate interpretations of the Contract
Documents as to not delay the critical path of the project schedule and for the proper execution
of the work after receiving a written request for information or other written inquiry from the Owner
or the Contractor;
7.2.7 The Architect shall reject in writing any work of the contractor which is not in strict
compliance with the Construction Contract unless directed by the Owner, in writing, not to do so;
7.2.8 The Architect shall require inspection or re-inspection and testing or retesting of
the work in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Contract whenever appropriate;
7.2.9 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine, study, and approve, or
otherwise respond to, the contractor’s shop drawings and other submittals. Approval by the
Architect of the contractor's submittal shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner
that such submittal is in conformance with the Construction Contract;
7.2.10 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine and promptly consult with and
advise the Owner concerning requests for Change Orders from the contractor. Upon request by
the Owner, the Architect shall draft Change Orders, whether initiated by the Owner, or by the
contractor and approved by the Owner, in accordance with the Construction Contract. No change
in the Construction Contract, such as the price, the work, or the time for completion, may be made
without the written consent of the Owner
7.2.10.1 The Architect may, with the prior approval of the Owner, authorize or
direct minor changes in the work which are consistent with the intent of the Construction
Contract and do not involve a change in: the price of the Construction Contract; the time
9
for construction; the Project scope; aesthetics; visual concepts; or approved design
elements. Such minor changes shall be issued by written field order.
7.2.10.2 The Architect shall timely administer and manage all Change Order
requests and Change Orders, and shall maintain appropriate records relative to Change
Orders, including, without limitation, a log of all Change Order requests and proposals, all
actions taken thereon, the dates thereof, the estimated and actual amounts of Change
Orders;
7.2.10.3 The Architect shall promptly prepare required drawings, specifications
and other supporting data as necessary in connection with minor changes, Change Order
requests and Change Orders;
7.2.10.4 The Architect shall review all Change Order requests or proposals
submitted, and, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, or more expeditiously if
necessary to avoid delay to the construction schedule, the Architect shall advise Owner in
writing as to:
1. the description and nature of the proposed change and by whom the
change has been requested;
2. the cause of the proposed change and whether the proposed change is
due to error or omission, unforeseen conditions, owner requested change or other
cause;
3. the necessity of the proposed change;
4. the purpose of the proposed change;
5. the advantages and disadvantages of the proposed change;
6. the likely cost of the proposed change;
7. the likely effect on the construction schedule of the issuance or non-
issuance of the proposed Change Order;
8. all other impacts and problems that may result from the issuance or non-
issuance of the proposed Change Order;
9. any reasonable alternatives to the proposed change; and
10. the course of action recommended by the Architect.
7.2.11 The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of
the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been
achieved and the determination of whether Final Completion has been achieved, and shall
require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished,
copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing
of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect
shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor
has achieved Substantial Completion of the Project and the date upon which the
contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Project.
10
If the Project is divided into two or more Phases, each Phase is described
in more detail in RFQu Appendix B: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements.
In the event the Project is divided into Phases, the Architect shall require its consultants
to participate in inspections of each Phase of the Project regarding the determination of
whether Substantial Completion has been achieved for such Phase and determination of
whether Final Completion for such Phase has been achieved, and shall require each
consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of
which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items,
if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify
in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved
Substantial Completion of each Phase of the Project and the date upon which the
contractor has achieved Final Completion of each Phase of the Project.
7.2.12 The Architect shall transmit to the Owner all manuals, operating
instructions, as-built plans, warranties, guarantees and other documents and things
required by the Construction Contract and submitted by the contractor;
7.2.13 The Architect shall testify in any judicial proceeding concerning the design
and construction of the Project when requested in writing by the Owner, and the Architect
shall make available to the Owner any personnel or consultants employed or retained by
the Architect for the purpose of reviewing, studying, analyzing or investigating any claims,
contentions, allegations, or legal actions relating to, or arising out of, the design or
construction of the Project;
7.2.14 The Architect shall review any as-built, or record, drawings furnished by the
contractor and shall certify to the Owner that same are adequate and complete. The
Architect shall update the Final Construction Documents to reflect the as-built or record
documents furnished by the contractor. The Architect shall provide the Owner with the
updated As-Built Final Construction Documents as per Article 4.2.
7.2.15 The Architect shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, deficiencies,
inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared
by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed
by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both. The Architect shall, without additional
compensation, promptly correct any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or
conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or
its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or
its consultant(s), or both;
7.2.16 It shall be the responsibility of the Architect to utilize its position as Architect
to ascertain whether the contractor is performing the Construction Contract in strict
compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect promptly
shall provide the Owner with written notice in the event that the contractor is not performing
the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, with such notice identifying the non-compliant work and recommending a
course of action to be taken by the Architect or the Owner, or both; and,
7.2.17 Once site work begins, the Architect shall attend a job site progress
meeting at least once every two weeks.
11
7.3 Prior to the Project being substantially complete, the Architect shall have and
perform the following duties, obligations, and responsibilities;
7.3.1 Assemble a furniture bid package and provide copies as needed to the
Owner’s staff for issuance to vendors. The bid package shall consist of the spreadsheet
of all the furniture required for each space, a keyed floor plan labeling the location and
quantity of each product, and specifications for each product. The floor plan shall be
keyed back to the spreadsheet.
7.3.2 Assist Owner with bid tabulation as needed and coordinate with Owner to
ensure timely ordering and delivery of furniture in coordination with the construction
schedule.
7.3.3 Assist Owner by tracking the furniture order and periodically providing
updates on the status of the order.
7.3.4 Coordinate the furniture delivery with the construction schedule to ensure
timely delivery and installation of furniture. Confirm that furniture is installed after all
construction activities, including punch list work and ensure the furniture is not damaged
by construction activities.
7.3.5 Conduct a Substantial Completion inspection of all furnishings, fixtures and
equipment and prepare a punch list. Review project for final acceptance to confirm punch
list completion prior to project being turned over the Owner.
7.3.6 During FF&E warranty period the Architect shall review all problems, issues,
and/or concerns as they relate to the FF&E phase for one-year duration from Substantial
Completion and will follow-up with the vendors, as required, for all remedial actions.
7.3.7 Approve all furniture invoices and submit to Owner for payment.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNITY
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including
without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the
services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts
or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel
chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense,
including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and
expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against
claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from
the negligence of the Owner.
12
ARTICLE 9
SCHEDULE
Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract. Within the RFQu and now as
an integral part of this Contract, the Architect has been provided a detailed schedule for
completing the Contract Documents as provided in Articles 3 and 4 of this Contract (See RFQu
Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule). The Design Schedule shall constitute the schedule for
performance by the Architect of its duties hereunder, and shall not, except for good cause, be
exceeded by the Architect. Not less frequently than monthly (unless the parties otherwise agree
in writing) Architect shall update the Design Schedule to show actual progress and provide a copy
to the Owner. Should Architect, at any time during the course of performing the Contract, have
any reason to believe that it will be unable to meet any completion date in accordance with the
Design Schedule, it shall immediately notify the Owner in writing. In such notice, the Architect
shall state the reason for the delay including the party responsible, if any, and the steps being
taken to remedy or minimize the impact of the delay.
ARTICLE 10
PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS
10.1 The Architect shall assign only qualified personnel to perform any service
concerning the Project. The Architect’s management, design, and construction administration
staff assigned to the Project shall have experience in K-12 school design and construction. The
Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to interview the management, design, and
construction administration staff that will be assigned to this Project. At the time of execution of
this Contract, the parties anticipate that the following named individuals will perform those
functions indicated:
NAME FUNCTION
So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the Architect or
its consultants, they shall perform the functions indicated next to their names.
10.2 Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the consultants being
considered for this Project prior to the Architect entering into a subcontract with such consultant.
Architect shall not enter into a subcontract with an intended consultant with reference to whom
Owner objects in writing. Any objection, lack of objection, or consent by Owner shall in no way
relieve Architect of any of its duties or warranties under the Contract. Identified below are the
13
Architect’s proposed consultants for the disciplines stated, and such proposed consultants shall
not be changed by Architect without the Owner’s prior written consent:
Civil:
Structural:
Mechanical:
Plumbing:
Electrical:
Kitchen Consultant:
All consultants retained by the Architect in connection with the services required
by this Contract shall be retained at the Architect’s sole cost and expense.
Architect shall coordinate with all appropriate and applicable consultants to
schedule review sessions with Owner’s representatives as identified in RFQu Appendix B: Design
Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFQu Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule.
Architect shall ensure that all meeting participants have allotted at least six (6) hours for such
review sessions. Upon completion of a review session, the Architect will incorporate the
comments agreed to in the Design Review Meeting prior to the next submittal for review.
ARTICLE 11
PAYMENTS
For its assumption and performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities set
forth herein, the Architect shall be paid as follows:
11.1 The Architect shall be paid for those services required by this Contract the sum of
Two Hundred Sixty Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($260,100.00), allocated in the following
manner:
A. Preliminary Consultation/ $
Examination Report
B. Schematic Design Phase $
• Provide items identified in Appendix B
C. Design Development Phase $
• Provide items identified in Appendix B
14
D. Construction Document Phase:
30% complete CD phase $
• 30% complete drawings
• Detailed project manual
• Detailed cost estimate
80% complete CD phase $
• Construction documents per Appendix B
• Detailed project manual
• Detailed cost estimate
• Fire Marshall review
• Submittal to GA DOE
100% Complete CD Phase $
• Construction documents per Appendix B
• Detailed project manual
• Submittal for permitting
• Fire Marshall review
• Submittal to GA DOE
E. Sub-consultants $ Included in Fee
F. FF&E Services $ N/A
G. Reimbursable Expenses $ Included in Fee
H. Construction Administration Fee $
(Minimum of 15% of Fee Required)
Total Lump Sum for Livsey Elementary $ 260,100.00
School Major Building System Replacement
11.2 For additional engineering or consultant services actually, reasonably and
properly hired by the Architect to perform any such duties, obligations and
responsibilities, the Architect shall be reimbursed for the cost actually, reasonably
and properly incurred by the Architect for such services.
(a) For the number of hours actually, reasonably and properly
expended by Architect’s personnel in the performance of such duties,
obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this
Contract, Architect shall be paid at the applicable hourly rate set forth below
opposite the title/position of such personnel performing such services:
Title/Position Hourly Rate
Principal: $ 210 per hour
Director: $ 155 per hour
Project Architect: $ 110 per hour
Project Manager: $ 110 per hour
Project Coordinator: $ 100 per hour
Interior Designer: $ 110 per hour
15
Project Captain: $ 90 per hour
Technical Staff: $ 110 per hour
Contract Administrator: $ 85 per hour
Clerical: $ 50 per hour
Estimator: $ 85 per hour
Scheduler: $ 90 per hour
Designer: $ 85 per hour
CADD: $ 65 per hour
Civil Engineer $ 110 per hour
Junior Civil Engineer $ 75 per hour
Structural Engineer $ 115 per hour
Junior Structural Engineer $ 90 per hour
Mechanical Engineer $ 117 per hour
Junior Mechanical Engineer $ 90 per hour
Electrical Engineer $ 117 per hour
Junior Electrical Engineer $ 90 per hour
Fire Protection Engineer $ 115 per hour
Junior Fire Protection Engineer $ 90 per hour
FF&E Coordinator $ 80 per hour
Others as appropriate $ per hour
11.2.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the services required of the Architect by this
Contract do not include, unless otherwise amended to the contrary:
(a) flood plain study and delineation;
(b) wetlands study and delineation;
(c) offsite utility system design;
(d) domestic and fire water wells, towers or pressure booster systems
design;
(e) civil engineering services, studies, drawings/specifications required
for off-site road developments/improvements required by DeKalb
County Public Works or Georgia Department of Transportation;
(f) interior design services other than color selections.
11.3 All expenses of the Architect, including but not limited to transportation, long-
distance calls, and the actual cost of copying and postage or other reasonable mode of
transmission of plans, specifications, and other Project documents, are included in the amount to
be paid to the Architect pursuant to Article 11.1 and all such expenses shall be paid by the
Architect without reimbursement from the Owner.
11.4 If the Architect's duties, obligations and responsibilities are materially changed
through no fault of the Architect after execution of this Contract, compensation due to the Architect
shall be equitably adjusted, either upward or downward;
11.5 As a condition precedent for any payment due under this Article 11, the Architect
shall submit monthly to Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner, an invoice
requesting payment for services properly rendered and expenses due hereunder. The Architect's
16
invoice shall describe with reasonable particularity each service rendered, the date thereof, the
time expended if such services were rendered pursuant to paragraphs 11.2 or 11.4 hereinabove,
and the person(s) rendering such service. The Architect's invoice shall be in such form and
content and shall be accompanied by such supporting documentation or data as the Owner may
require. If payment is requested for services rendered by the Architect pursuant to paragraph
11.1 hereinabove, the invoice shall additionally reflect the allocations as provided in said
paragraph and shall state the percentage of completion as to each such allocation. Each invoice
shall bear the signature of the Architect, which signature shall constitute the Architect's
representation to the Owner that the services indicated in the invoice have reached the level
stated, have been properly and timely performed as required herein, that the expenses included
in the invoice have been reasonably incurred in accordance with this Contract, that all obligations
of the Architect covered by prior invoices have been paid in full, and that the amount requested
is currently due and owing, there being no reason known to the Architect that payment of any
portion thereof should be withheld. Submission of the Architect's invoice for final payment shall
further constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that, upon receipt by the Owner of
the amount invoiced, all obligations of the Architect to others, including its consultants, incurred
in connection with the Project, will be paid in full;
11.6 The Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and, if necessary,
may demand the return of some or all of the amount previously paid to the Architect, to protect
the Owner from loss, or risk of loss, because of any one or more of the following: (i) Services that
are defective and not remedied by the Architect nor, in the opinion of the Owner, likely to be
remedied by the Architect; (ii) claims, or potential claims, of third parties against the Owner or the
Owner’s property or third party property; (iii) failure by the Architect to pay subconsultants or
others in a prompt or proper fashion; (iv) damage to the Owner or to a third-party to whom the
Owner is, or may be, liable; or, (v) “premium costs” incurred by the Owner on account of any
errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other
documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s) or both. As used in paragraph 11.6(v),
the term “premium costs” means costs that would not have been incurred if such drawings,
specifications or other documents had been prepared free of any errors, omissions, deficiencies,
inconsistencies or conflicts;
11.7 The Owner shall make payment to the Architect of all sums properly invoiced under
the provisions of this Article 11 within thirty (30) days of the Owner's receipt of such invoice.
17
ARTICLE 12
PROJECT RECORDS
All records relating in any manner whatsoever to the Project, or any designated portion
thereof, which are in the possession of the Architect or the Architect's consultants, shall be made
available to the Owner for inspection and copying upon written request of the Owner. Additionally,
said records shall be made available, upon request by the Owner, to any state, federal or other
regulatory authorities and any such authority may review, inspect and copy such records. Said
records include, but are not limited to, all plans, specifications, submittals, correspondence,
minutes, memoranda, tape recordings, videos, or other writings or things which document the
Project, its design, and its construction. Said records expressly include those documents
reflecting the time expended by the Architect and its personnel in performing the obligations of
this Contract and the records of expenses incurred by the Architect in its performance under said
Contract. The Architect shall maintain and protect these records for no less than ten (10) years
after final completion of the Project, or for any longer period of time as may be required by
applicable law or good architectural practice.
ARTICLE 13
DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER
The Owner shall have and perform the following duties, obligations and responsibilities to
the Architect:
13.1 The Owner shall provide the Architect with all information requested by Architect
and in Owner’s possession, including the Owner's Criteria;
13.2 The Owner shall review any documents provided by or through the Architect
requiring the Owner's decision, and shall make any required decisions;
13.3 The Owner shall, at its own expense, furnish a legal description and any necessary
survey of the real property upon which the Project is situated;
13.4 As may be mandated by law or called for by the Construction Contract, the Owner
shall, at its own expense, provide for all required tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports
(except for those tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports expressly required of the Architect,
its consultants, or both, by this Contract);
13.5 In the event the Owner learns of any failure to comply with the Construction
Contract by the contractor, or of any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the work product of
the Architect, and in the further event that the Architect does not have notice of same, the Owner
shall inform the Architect;
13.6 The Owner shall afford the Architect access to the Project site and to the work as
may be reasonably necessary for the Architect to properly perform its services under this
Contract;
13.7 The Owner shall perform its duties set forth in this Article 13 in a timely manner;
18
13.8 Except for documents requiring the Owner's decision as set forth in paragraph 13.2
above, the Owner's review of any documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants shall be
solely for the purpose of determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the
Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The review of such documents shall not relieve the Architect
of its responsibility for the accuracy, adequacy or coordination of its work product.
ARTICLE 14
APPLICABLE LAW
The law applicable to this Contract is the law of the State of Georgia. Each and every
provision required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein
and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein. Architect
irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive venue of the courts sitting in the county in which the
Project is located regarding any matter arising out of or relating to this Contract.
ARTICLE 15
OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
The Preliminary Design and the Construction Documents shall become “Instruments of
Service” and include all Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and other documents, including those in
electronic form, prepared specifically for this Project by the Architect and its consultants. The
Architect and its consultants agree and shall be deemed to have prepared their respective
Instruments of Service as architectural works as defined in 17 U.S.C. §§ 102(a)(8) and 201(b),
thereby transferring and vesting in the Owner, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 201(d), all common law,
statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in the Instruments of Service and in the
buildings, improvements, and structures constituting the Project. The Instruments of Service shall
include the Space Plan and Design Concept, if any.
Upon execution of this Agreement, the Architect expressly grants, assigns, transfers, and
otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, its successors, and assigns, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. §201(d),
all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in both the Instruments
of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures embodying the architectural and
engineering works that constitute the Project, provided that the Owner shall comply with all
obligations, including prompt payment of all sums, when due, under this Agreement. The
Architect shall obtain similar grants, assignments, transfers, and quitclaims from its consultants
consistent with this Agreement. The Architect warrants (and shall cause each of the Architect's
consultants to warrant also) that this transfer of copyright and other rights is valid against the
world.
The Architect hereby grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner,
without reservation, all copyrights to all Project-related documents, models, computer drawings,
and other electronic expressions, photographs, and other expression or Instruments of Service
produced by the Architect. However, the Architect will retain all rights to any pre-existing
intellectual property or standard construction details or conventions contained in the Instruments
of Service.
The Owner hereby grants to the Architect a nonexclusive license to reproduce such
documents for purposes relating directly to the Architect’s performance of this Project, for the
19
Architect’s archival records, and for the Architect’s reproduction of drawings and photographs for
the Architect’s marketing materials provided that the content of those materials, as to this Project,
are approved by the Owner prior to publication. No other Project-related documents may be
reproduced for any other purpose without the express written permission of the Owner. The
Architect's materials shall not include the Owner's confidential or proprietary information.
ARTICLE 16
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The Architect shall not assign its rights hereunder, excepting its right to payment, nor shall
it delegate any of its duties hereunder without the written consent of the Owner. Subject to the
provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, each party hereto binds itself, its successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other and to the successors, assigns and legal
representatives of such other party.
ARTICLE 17
NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
Nothing contained herein shall create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, with, or
any rights in favor of, any third party.
ARTICLE 18
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE
The Architect shall provide and maintain Professional Liability Insurance at all times this
Contract is in effect and for a period of six (6) years after Final Completion of the Project, with a
minimum level of coverage as described herein below. Said coverage shall be written by an
insurer licensed to do business in the State of Georgia and acceptable to the Owner.
18.1 Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the
Owner and the GaDOE Facility Services Unit a valid Certificate of Insurance showing the Architect
is then insured with Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance with limits not less
than the following:
a. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of more than $30,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $3,000,000 per claim and $4,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $2,000,000
per claim and $3,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and
$2,000,000 in aggregate coverage.
b. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of $20,000,000 up to
$30,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $2,000,000 per claim and $3,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $1,000,000
20
per claim and $2,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and
$1,000,000 in aggregate coverage.
c. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of less than $20,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $1,000,000
per claim and $1,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and
$1,000,000 in aggregate coverage.
18.2 For such period of time that Professional Liability insurance is required for the
Project, as set forth above, the Architect shall provide the Owner with an updated or renewed
Certificate of Insurance at least annually, or more frequently if requested by the Owner, showing
the required coverage and limits of coverage remain in place.
18.3 The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing thirty (30)
days’ notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be
written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner.
ARTICLE 19
OTHER INSURANCE
The Architect shall also maintain insurance in accordance with the requirements of
Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
ARTICLE 20
TERMINATION
20.1 Either party hereto may terminate this Contract upon giving seven (7) days written
notice to the other in the event that such other party substantially fails to perform its material
obligations set forth herein;
20.2 This Contract may be terminated by the Owner without cause upon seven (7) days
written notice to the Architect. In such event, the Owner shall pay the Architect for all services
rendered prior to the termination, plus any expenses incurred and unpaid which would otherwise
be payable hereunder. In such event, the Architect shall promptly submit to the Owner its invoice
for final payment which invoice shall comply with the provisions of Article 11.
ARTICLE 21
COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
21.1 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ
the services of a program manager or construction manager, then the terms of this Article 21 shall
apply to the services provided by the Architect.
21
21.2 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ
the services of a construction manager, the term “contractor” as used in this Contract shall mean
“construction manager” and the term “Construction Contract” as used in this Contract shall mean
“Construction Management Contract”.
21.3 The Architect shall fully cooperate with the Owner’s program manager (“Program
Manager”) and, if applicable, the construction manager. Such cooperation shall include, without
limitation, providing any requested information to the Program Manager and, if applicable, the
construction manager, and advising, meeting with, consulting with, and coordinating with the
Program Manager and, if applicable, the construction manager.
21.4 The Architect acknowledges that it has received, reviewed, and studied the
contract between the Owner and Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is
authorized by its contract with Owner to act as the agent of the Owner, Architect agrees to comply
with all directions and instructions given by the Program Manager. To the extent that the Program
Manager is authorized and responsible for providing certain services delegated to the Architect
hereinabove, the Architect’s role with reference thereto shall be to advise, consult, and cooperate
with the Program Manager in its provisions of such services.
21.5 The Architect is not a third-party beneficiary of any agreement by and between
Owner and the Program Manager or any construction manager. It is expressly acknowledged
and agreed that Architect’s duties to Owner are independent of, and are not diminished by, any
duties owed to Owner by the Program Manager or any construction manager.
ARTICLE 22
PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES
The Architect by execution of this Contract warrants that it has not employed or retained
any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, to solicit or secure
this Contract and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation,
individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, any fees, commission,
percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of
this Contract.
ARTICLE 23
ASBESTOS STATEMENT
The Architect shall sign and deliver to the Owner the Asbestos Statement of Declaration,
attached hereto as Exhibit C, or in such other form as may be required by the Georgia Department
of Education, at such time as the Owner may require.
ARTICLE 24
MANDATORY ADDENDUM TO THE OWNER/ARCHITECT CONTRACT
Pursuant to the requirements of the Georgia Department of Education, the “Mandatory
Addendum to the Owner/Architect Agreement For Projects Funded in Whole or in Part with
State Capital Outlay Funds” attached hereto as Exhibit B is hereby incorporated herein and
22
made a part hereof.
ARTICLE 25
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Contract constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between the parties with
reference to the Project and supersedes any and all prior communications, discussions,
negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Contract may be amended only by a writing
signed by both the Owner and the Architect.
ARTICLE 26
MISCELLANEOUS
26.1 Throughout the performance of its duties under this Contract, the Architect shall
comply with, and shall provide all services necessary for the Owner to comply with, all laws
applicable to the design of the Project or the administration of the Construction Contract, including
without limitation the rules, guidelines, and other requirements of the State of Georgia
Environmental Protection Division, the State of Georgia Department of Education and the
ordinances and codes of DeKalb County Georgia.
26.2 Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Contract, the term
”day” shall mean calendar day.
26.3 In addition to, and not in limitation of, the Architect’s other obligations under this
Contract, the Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly assist the Owner in
resolving any problems arising out of, resulting from or relating to the design of the Project or the
materials or equipment specified by the Architect or its consultant(s).
26.4 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this
Contract shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to the institution of legal or
equitable proceedings by either party. If such matter relates to or is the subject of a lien arising
out of the Architect’s services, the Architect may proceed in accordance with applicable law to
comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the matter by mediation. The
Owner and Architect shall endeavor to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question
between them by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in
accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration
Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party
to this Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made
concurrently with the filing of a civil action but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance
of legal or equitable proceedings, which may be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days
from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or a court
order. The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall
be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon.
Subject to the express approval of the DeKalb County Board of Education, agreements reached
in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction
thereof.
23
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
24
OWNER: ARCHITECT:
DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION
[Typed Name]
By: By:
[Signature] [Signature]
Mr. Diijon DaCosta, Sr., Board Chairperson
[Printed Name, Title] [Printed Name, Title]
By:
[Signature]
Dr. Vasanne S. Tinsley, Interim Superintendent
[Printed Name, Title]
1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd.
Stone Mountain, Georgia 30083
[Printed Address] [Printed Address]
__________________________________ __________________________________
[Date of Execution] [Date of Execution]
Erick Hofstetter, Chief Operating Officer
25
EXHIBIT “A”
LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT
[Here insert or attach list of document(s) for the Project, included herewith in by reference.]
26
EXHIBIT “B”
Mandatory Addendum to the Owner/Architect Contract
For Projects Funded in Whole or in Part with State Capital Outlay Funds
The Owner may use any form of agreement mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Architect to
contract for the Architect’s Services for any project funded in whole or in part with State Capital
Outlay Funds provided by the Georgia Department of Education (“GaDOE”); provided, however,
that this Mandatory Addendum must and shall be incorporated into the Owner and Architect’s
selected form of agreement on any such State Capital Outlay Funded project. In the event of a
conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of the selected form of agreement and
this Mandatory Addendum, the terms and conditions of this Mandatory Addendum shall prevail
and govern over conflicting or inconsistent terms and conditions of the selected form of
agreement. This Mandatory Addendum shall not be modified without prior written consent of the
GaDOE. THE GaDOE SHALL NOT RELEASE ANY STATE CAPITAL OUTLAY FUNDS FOR AN
APPROVED CAPITAL OUTLAY PROJECT IF THIS MANDATORY ADDENDUM IS NOT MADE
A PART OF THE OWNER/ARCHITECT CONTRACT.
1. For purposes of this Mandatory Addendum, notwithstanding terminology used in the
Owner/Architect Contract, the following terms are defined to mean:
a. “Architect” shall be the architect, engineer, or architect/engineer, whether
individually or as a firm or other legal entity, engaged to perform the Architect’s
Services.
b. “Architect’s Services” shall be the scope of the Architect’s services for the Project
set forth in the Contract, including the services and requirements set forth in this
Mandatory Addendum.
c. “Owner” shall be the Local Board of Education that is engaging the Architect to
perform the Architect’s Services for the Project.
d. “Contract” shall be the form of agreement between the Owner and the Architect,
to which this Mandatory Addendum is attached and is a part, and shall set forth
the Architect’s Services for the Project.
e. “Project” shall be the Project for which the Architect’s Services are engaged and
performed pursuant to the Contract.
f. “Program” shall be the Owner’s policies, purposes, concepts, goals and objectives,
and design, construction, scheduling, budgetary or operational needs, restrictions,
or requirements for the Project.
g. “Stated Cost Limitation” shall be the maximum amount that the Owner is
authorized to spend to construct the Project as determined and established by the
Owner.
h. “Record Plans and Specifications” shall be the as-built plans and specifications
including, but not limited to, actual location of utility lines, and any approved
change orders.
2. The Architect agrees not to assign or transfer any interest or rights in the Contract to any
person or entity without the advanced written consent of the Owner. The Architect agrees
to utilize the design and management team represented to the Owner and agrees that no
substitutions, additions, or deletions to this team shall occur without the advanced written
consent of the Owner. The Owner agrees to provide a response to the Architect within 14
days of any such request by the Architect.
27
3. Prior to beginning the “Preliminary Plans and Specifications,” the Architect shall first
consult in detail with the Owner to determine and understand the Owner’s Program.
Within 10 days of such consultation, the Architect shall prepare and submit to the Owner
a written report detailing and confirming the Architect’s understanding of the Owner’s
Program. The Architect’s report must include, but is not limited to, the identification of
any design, construction, scheduling, budgetary, operational, or other issues, problems
or impediments foreseen by the Architect concerning the Project, the Program, or both.
The Architect’s report should include proposed solutions or recommendations, for the
Owner’s consideration, to resolve, eliminate, minimize or mitigate any such issues,
problems or impediments. The Architect’s report shall also include any applicable
educational specifications and GaDOE requirements.
4. The Architect shall obtain written authorization from the Owner before proceeding with
each next stage of Architect’s Services, including the “Preliminary Plans and
Specifications,” the “Check Set Plans and Specifications,” and the “Final Plans and
Specifications,” as defined in “Guidelines for Submission of Documents for Review of
Planning, Bidding, and Construction of Educational Facilities” (as may be amended from
time to time, always using the most recently published edition).
5. The Architect agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, codes and
ordinances in the design of the Project. The Architect also agrees to comply with all
applicable GaDOE rules and guidelines and to make required submittals in a timely
manner to GaDOE’s Facility Services Unit. The Architect shall respond to GaDOE’s
Facility Services Unit review report comments in a timely fashion so as to ensure that the
review process may proceed orderly, efficiently and does not impede the Project or the
Program.
6. The Architect assumes full responsibility to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the
Architect and the Architect’s consultants, subconsultants and employees in connection
with the Contract, the Project and the Program.
7. The Architect agrees to design the Project within the Owner’s budgetary limits and
consistent with the Owner’s Program for the construction of the Project which shall be
referred to as the Stated Cost Limitation, as follows:
The Stated Cost Limitation for the Project shall be $___________________________,
which is composed of:
State Capital Outlay Funds in the amount of $____________________________, and
Required Local Funds in the amount of $________________________________, and
Additional Required Local Funds in the amount of $__________________________.
8. The Architect shall provide reasonably reliable cost estimates to the Owner at the following
design stages: (1) Preliminary Plans and Specifications stage, (2) 65% completion stage,
and (3) Check Set Plans and Specifications stage (95% completion).
9. In the event the Architect’s final project cost estimate (at Check Set Plans and
Specifications stage) exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation for the Project, the Owner may
28
require the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner, to consult with the Owner and to
revise the design so as to enable the Owner to obtain a final cost for the Project at or
below the Stated Cost Limitation. The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the
Stated Cost Limitation shall not be exceeded except as provided herein; provided,
however, the Architect further acknowledges and agrees that budgetary limitations are
never a justification for breach, disregard or circumvention of sound principles of
architectural and engineering design. Therefore, the Architect shall take no calculated
risks in the design of the Project. The Architect agrees that, in the event that the Architect
determines that the Project cannot be designed so as to be fully and finally constructed
within the Stated Cost Limitation and in keeping with sound principles of design, the
Architect will give written notice of such determination immediately, and in no event more
than seven (7) days after the Architect makes such a determination, to the Owner and to
the GaDOE Facilities Services Unit.
10. The Stated Cost Limitation may be amended by written mutual agreement signed by the
Owner and the Architect at any time after the Contract between the Architect and Owner
is executed. Prior to such amendment, the Architect shall provide the Owner with reliable
and verifiable evidence through either internal-Architect estimates, third party estimates,
materials supplier quotes, or other industry best management practices standards to
establish that an increase in the Stated Cost Limitation is warranted and justifiable. The
Owner reserves the right to request additional supporting documentation substantiating
the need to increase the Stated Cost Limitation. The Owner reserves and has the right,
in its sole discretion, to refuse to increase the Stated Cost Limitation.
11. All plans, specifications, design calculations, designs, drawings, or other documents or
data produced pursuant to the Contract by the Architect, or the Architect’s consultants,
subconsultants, or employees shall be the sole property of the Owner regardless of the
stage in which the development of the design has progressed, and shall be delivered to
the Owner upon request. The Owner shall retain all ownership rights with regard to such
plans, specifications, design calculations, designs, drawings, or other documents or data
produced pursuant to the Contract.
12. The Architect shall provide and maintain Professional Liability Insurance at all times this
Contract is in effect and for a period of six (6) years after execution by the Architect of the
“Certificate of Final Completion” indicating final completion of the Project, with a minimum
level of coverage as described herein below. Said coverage shall be written by an insurer
licensed to do business in the State of Georgia and acceptable to the Owner.
Before the Owner executes the Contract, the Architect shall provide the Owner and the
GaDOE Facility Services Unit with a valid Certificate of Insurance showing that the
Architect is then insured with Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance
with limits not less than the following:
a. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of more than $30,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $3,000,000 per claim and $4,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $2,000,000 per
claim and $3,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000
in aggregate coverage.
29
b. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of $20,000,000 up to $30,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $2,000,000 per claim and $3,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $1,000,000 per
claim and $2,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000
in aggregate coverage.
c. For Projects with a Stated Cost Limitation of less than $20,000,000:
i. For the Architect - $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000 in aggregate
coverage;
ii. For the Architect’s subconsultant engineers and architects - $1,000,000 per
claim and $1,000,000 in aggregate coverage; and
iii. For other professional subconsultants - $1,000,000 per claim and $1,000,000
in aggregate coverage.
For such period of time that Professional Liability insurance is required for the Project, as
set forth above, the Architect shall provide the Owner with an updated or renewed
Certificate of Insurance at least annually, or more frequently if requested by the Owner,
showing the required coverage and limits of coverage remain in place.
13. The Architect shall carefully inspect the work of the Contractor within 24 hours of the
Owner’s request, and shall also, at a minimum, inspect work at the Project site
____________________________________, and in any event, no less frequent than
once per month. At least once per month, the inspection shall be performed by an
architect or engineer licensed in the State of Georgia. The purpose of such inspections,
among other things, shall be to determine the quality and quantity of the work in
comparison with the requirements of the contract documents for the Project. In
performing such inspections, the Architect shall advise the Owner of: deficient or
defective work; real or potential delays in the schedule or the work of the Project; and,
requests for payment by the Contractor which could constitute overpayment for work not
yet performed or completed. Within three (3) days of each site visit, the Architect shall
submit a written report of such site visit which, in addition to the information required by
the preceding sentence, shall include and convey any relevant information, comments or
recommendations to the Owner.
14. The Architect shall provide Owner a set of “Record Plans and Specifications” within thirty
(30) days after execution by the Architect of the “Certificate of Substantial Completion.”
Such “Record Plans and Specifications” shall include any authorized change orders,
actual locations of all utility lines, and any other appropriate information. The drawings
shall be presented in a Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) format or other format of the
Owner’s choice, and the specifications shall be presented in a word processing format of
the Owner’s choice.
15. The Contract executed between the Owner and the Architect, to which this Mandatory
Addendum is a part, shall include a provision for the termination of the Architect’s Services
(or be deemed to include this Paragraph 15) giving the Owner the rights of (1) termination
of the Architect’s Services with cause and (2) termination of the Architect’s Services
without cause. In the event of termination, the Owner shall pay the Architect for the
reasonable value of the Architect’s Services performed by the Architect prior to the
termination. Payment for the Architect’s Services rendered prior to termination shall be
30
based on statements properly submitted by the Architect to the Owner and supported by
time sheets, invoices and such other supporting documentation that the Owner may
reasonably require; provided, however, that in no event shall the total payment to the
Architect exceed an amount equal to the percentage of completion of the Architect’s
Services for the Project at the time of termination.
16. The Architect shall be responsible for the timely submittal and completion of all forms
required by GaDOE and shall respond to GaDOE comments on submittals within twenty-
one (21) days of receipt of GaDOE comments. Such forms may be obtained from the
Facilities Services Unit, Georgia Department of Education, 1670 Twin Towers East, 205
Jesse Hill Jr. Drive, SE, Atlanta, Georgia 30334. At the close of the Project, the Architect
shall submit an “Architectural Certification” form, as provided by the GaDOE, to the
Owner. Unless the Architect’s services are terminated by the Owner before final
completion of the Project, the completion and submittal of this form is required prior to the
Owner’s release of the final payment to the Architect.
17. All architectural plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of the Architect,
which shall be licensed to practice in the State of Georgia. Civil, survey, structural,
electrical, and mechanical plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of
the respective engineer, who shall be licensed to practice in the State of Georgia.
18. A fully executed copy of the Contract between the Owner and the Architect, including a
completed copy of this Mandatory Addendum, must be filed with the GaDOE Facilities
Services Unit.
OWNER ARCHITECT
_____________________________________ ___________________________________
Chairperson, Local Board of Education Firm:
Date: ________________________________ Date: ______________________________
________________________________
Superintendent, Local Board of Education
Date: _______________________________
31
EXHIBIT “C”
OTHER INSURANCE
1.1 The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in
effect and for a period of six (6) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure
the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner
within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless
written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the
time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner.
1.1.1 Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits.
1.1.2 Comprehensive Commercial General Liability (“CGL”) including Owner’s &
Contractor’s Protective with the following limits;
(a) General Aggregate: $2,000,000, which shall apply on a per-project
basis;
(b) Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000;
(c) Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000;
(d) Each Occurrence: $1,000,000;
(e) Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and,
(f) Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.
1.1.3 Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of
$2,000,000 annual aggregate, $1,000,000 per occurrence.
1.1.4 Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions); as per Article 18.
1.1.5 Excess/Umbrella Liability Insurance with limits of at least $5,000,000 per
occurrence and in the aggregate which shall provide excess coverage above all
insurance described in this Section 1.1.
1.1.6 The Owner and the Architect waive all rights against (1) each other and any of
their subcontractors, subconsultants, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2)
the Contractor, the Contractor subcontractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors,
sub-contractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes
of loss to the extent fully covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to Paragraph
(9) above or other property insurance applicable to Work, except such rights as they
have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Architect as fiduciary.
1.2 The Owner and DeKalb County School District shall be included as additional insured
on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 1.1.2, 1.1.3 and 1.1.5 and shall be indicated as such
on certificates of insurance required herein.
1.2.1 With respect to CGL Insurance only, all CGL insurance policies shall contain
additional insured endorsements forms CG 20 10 11 85, CG 20 10 10 01, CG 20 37 10
01, or their substantial equivalents, so that the policies provide additional insured
coverage for (a) both ongoing and completed operations; and (b) liability “arising out
of” Architect’s work.
32
1.2.2 Each certificate shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the
policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until thirty (30) days after
the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter.
1.2.3 Each primary and excess/umbrella CGL and Automobile Liability insurance
policy required to be maintained by the Architect and any of its subcontractors or
subconsultants shall be primary to an non-contributory with any insurance carried by
the Owner and DeKalb County School District, such that no primary, excess or umbrella
insurance carried by the Owner or DeKalb County School District shall be required to
respond to any claim, suit or demand, if at all, until all applicable primary and
excess/umbrella CGL and Automobile Liability insurance policies maintained by the
Architect and any of its subcontractors and subconsultants have been exhausted.
1.2.4 The primary, excess/umbrella CGL and Automobile Liability insurance policies
maintained by the Architect and any of its subcontractors or subconsultants shall not
contain any insured vs. insured, cross-liability or cross-claim exclusion or endorsement
barring coverage for any claims by the Owner or DeKalb County School District against
the Architect or any other insured under said policies.
1.3 In the event that the Architect elects to retain subcontractors or subconsultants and
the Owner approves said retention, the Architect shall require all such subcontractors and
subconsultants to comply with the insurance and notice requirements of this Exhibit C, including
but not limited to (a) maintaining the types and amounts of insurance described in Article 18 and
this Exhibit C; and (b) having the DeKalb County Board of Education and DeKalb County School
District named as additional insureds on all such insurance pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Exhibit
C. The Architect assumes all liability for its subconstracors’ and subconsultants’ failure to comply
with insurance provisions of this Exhibit C.
33
EXHIBIT “D”
ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM
(NEW CONSTRUCTION & ADDITIONS ONLY)
In compliance with AHERA Part 763 “Asbestos”, Subpart E “Asbestos Containing Materials in
Schools”, Section 763.99 “Exclusions” paragraph (a) (7), I
(Architect)
of record for ,
(Project Name) (Substantial Completion Date)
Located in DeKalb County School District ,
(School System Name) (State Project Number)
certify that to the best of my knowledge no Asbestos Containing Building Material (ACBM) was
specified as a building material in any construction document, nor was any ACBM building
material installed on this project.
________________________________________
(Architectural Firm)
________________________________________
(Signature of Architect)
________________________________________
(Date)
________________________________________
(Georgia Architectural License Number)
_________________________________________
(Seal and Signature)
34
EXHIBIT “E”
ARCHITECT’S PROPOSAL
35
EXHIBIT “F”
CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned Contractor verifies its compliance with
O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, and attests under oath that:
(1) the individual, firm, or corporation (“Contractor”) which is contracting with the
DeKalb County Board of Education has registered with, is authorized to use, uses, and will
continue throughout the contract term to use and participate in, a federal work authorization
program [any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the
United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization
program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information
of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA),
P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in
O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, as amended. As of the effective date of O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, the applicable
federal work authorization program is the “EEV/Basic Pilot Program” operated by the U. S.
Citizenship and Immigration Services Bureau of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security,
in conjunction with the Social Security Administration (SSA).
(2) Contractor’s correct user identification number and date of authorization is set
forth herein below.
(3) Contractor agrees that the Contractor will not employ or contract with any
subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this
contract with the DeKalb County Board of Education, unless at the time of the contract said
subcontractor:
(a) is registered with and participates in the federal work authorization
program;
(b) provides Contractor with a duly executed, notarized affidavit with the
same affirmations, agreements, and information as contained herein and in
such form as required under applicable law; and
(c) agrees to provide Contractor with notice of receipt and a copy of every sub-
subcontractor Affidavit or other applicable verification procured by subcontractor
at the time of contract with the sub-subcontractor(s) within five (5) business days
after receiving the said Affidavit or verification.
Contractor agrees to maintain records of such compliance and to provide notice of receipt
and a copy of each such subcontractor Affidavit or other permissible verification to the DeKalb
County Board of Education at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such service or
within five (5) days after receiving the said Affidavit or verification, whichever first occurs.
36
(4) Contractor further agrees to and shall provide DeKalb County Board of Education
with copies of all other affidavits or other applicable verification received by Contractor (i.e.: sub-
subcontractor affidavits and all other lower tiered affidavits) within five (5) days of receipt.
__________________________________________ _______________________________
EEV/Basic Pilot Program User Identification Number Date of Authorization
If an applicable Federal work authorization program as described above is used, other than the
EV/Basic Pilot Program,please identify the program.
Company Name / Contractor Name Date
BY: Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent Date
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor
Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN
BEFORE ME ON THIS THE
______ DAY OF_____________________, 20____
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
37
EXHIBIT “G”
SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT
By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its
compliance with O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, and attests under oath that:
(1) the undersigned individual, firm or corporation (“Subcontractor”) is engaged in
the physical performance of services under a contract with (name
of Contractor), which has a contract with the DeKalb County Board of Education.
(2) Subcontractor has registered with, is authorized to use, uses, and will continue
throughout the contract term to use and participate in, a federal work authorization program [any
of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States
Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated
by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired
employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603],
in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. 13-10-
91. As of the effective date of O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, the applicable federal work authorization
program is the “EEV/Basic Pilot Program” operated by the U. S. Citizenship and Immigration
Services Bureau of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, in conjunction wit h the Social
Security Administration (SSA).
(3) Subcontractor’s correct user identification number and date of authorization is set
forth herein below.
(4) Subcontractor agrees that the Subcontractor will not employ or contract with any sub-
subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this
subcontract or the contract with the DeKalb County Board of Education, unless said sub-
subcontractor:
(a) is registered with and participates in the federal work authorization
program;
(b) provides Subcontractor with a duly executed, notarized affidavit
with the same affirmations, agreements, and information as contained herein
and in such form as required under applicable law; and
(c) agrees to provide Subcontractor with notice of receipt and a copy of
every sub-subcontractor Affidavit or other permissible verification procured by sub-
subcontractor at the time the sub-subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such
service or within five (5) days after receiving the said Affidavit or verification,
whichever first occurs.
38
Subcontractor agrees to maintain records of such compliance and to provide notice of receipt
and a copy of each such sub-subcontractor Affidavit or other applicable verification to the
Contractor at the time the sub-subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such service or within five
(5) days after receiving the said Affidavit or verification, whichever first occurs.
EEV/Basic Pilot Program User Identification Number Date of Authorization
If an applicable Federal work authorization program as described above is used, other than the
EEV/Basic Pilot Program, please identify the program.
BY: Authorized Officer or Agent Date
_________________________________________
(Subcontractor Name)
Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Subcontractor
Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN
BEFORE ME ON THIS THE
_____ DAY OF _____________________, 20____
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
39
EXHIBIT H
AFFIDAVIT OF EXEMPTION
(Under O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b)(1))
The undersigned, in connection with a proposed contract or subcontract with the DeKalb County
School District for the physical performance of service in the State of Georgia (the “Contract”),
hereby affirms and certifies under penalties of perjury that:
(a) I am exempt under Title 26 or Title 43
(b) If at any time hereafter I determine that I no longer qualify as exempt under Title 26 or Title
43, then I will:
(i.) immediately notify the School District in writing; and
(ii.) register with, participate in and use, a federal work authorization program operated by
the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work
authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland
Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration
Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the
applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. 13-10-91, as
amended; and
(iii.) Provide the School District with all affidavits required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-90 et seq.
and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02, 300-10-1-.03, 300-10-1-.07
and 300-10-1-.08.
____________________________/
Signature Printed Name Title
By signing above you are certifying that the representations made herein are true and correct.
Firm Name: _______________________________________________________________________
Street/Mailing Address:
City, State, Zip Code:
Telephone Number: / email: ________________________________
Sworn to and subscribed before me this ________ day of , 20
Notary Public
My Commission Expires:
40
DeKalb County School District RFQu No. 23-752-010
A/E Services for Livsey ES Major Building System Replacement Project Nos. 359-35
January 19, 2023 Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX J
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF
CONFLICT OF INTEREST POLICY AND DISCLOSURES
Contemporaneous with the execution and delivery of this Acknowledgment,
_______________________ (name of firm) (“Consultant”) has entered into a contract with the
DeKalb County School District (“Owner”), pursuant to which Consultant will, among other things,
assist in the preparation and/or development of specifications or requirements for
_________________________________ (name and number of project/IFB/RFP/RFQu). In
connection therewith, and pursuant to and as required by O.C.G.A. § 36-80-28:
(1) Consultant covenants and agrees to avoid any appearance of impropriety and follow all
Owner policies and procedures with respect to conflicts of interest.
(2) Consultant has disclosed any material transaction or relationship, including, but not
limited to, any relationship involving Consultant, Consultant’s employees or
Consultant’s agents or subsidiaries, which could be reasonably expected to give rise to
a conflict of interest including, but not limited to, past, present or known prospective
engagements, involvement in litigation or other dispute, client relationships, or other
business or financial interest existing on the date hereof, as follows:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
(use additional pages if necessary)
(3) Consultant covenants and agrees to immediately disclose any material transaction or
relationship subsequently discovered during the pendency of the parties’ relationship
by supplementing this Acknowledgement in writing.
(4) Consultant acknowledges and agrees that any violation or threatened violation of this
agreement may cause irreparable injury to the Owner, and that Owner is accordingly
entitled to seek injunctive relief in addition to all other legal remedies which it may
have.
The undersigned further states that he is the ______________________ (title) of
Consultant and is authorized to execute and deliver this Acknowledgement on behalf of
Consultant.
By: _____________________
Name: ___________________
Title: ____________________
Date: ____________________
DeKalb County School District | 2022-2023 CALENDAR
(Approved by the Board of Education on December 13, 2021)
4 Independence Day JULY ‘22 JANUARY ‘23
2 Winter Break
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
3 Post/Pre-Planning Day
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 First Day of 2nd Semester
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 Dr. M. L. King, Jr. Day
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31
19 Instructional Days
31
AUGUST ‘22 FEBRUARY ‘23
1-5 Pre-Planning Days 17 February Break
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
8 First Day of School 20 Presidents’ Day
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
28 29 30 31 26 27 28
18 Instructional Days 18 Instructional Days
SEPTEMBER ‘22 MARCH ‘23
5 Labor Day 10 Independent Learner
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
Day / Professional
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 Development Day
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
25 26 27 28 29 30
21 Instructional Days 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 Instructional Days
7 Fall Break OCTOBER ‘22 APRIL ‘23
3-7 Spring Break
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
10 Columbus Day/
1 1
Indigenous Peoples
Day 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
19 Instructional Days 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 15 Instructional Days
30 31 30
NOVEMBER ‘22 MAY ‘23
8 Independent Learner 24 Last Day of School
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
Day / Professional 25 Post Planning
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6
Development Day 29 Memorial Day
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
21-25 Thanksgiving Break 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
27 28 29 30 28 29 30 31 18 Instructional Days
17 Instructional Days
DECEMBER ‘22 JUNE ‘23 First/Last Day of Semester
16 Last Day of 1st Semester Holiday/Break (School Closed)
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
19-30 Winter Break Teachers’ Workday/
1 2 3 1 2 3
Professional Development Day
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (School Closed)
12 Instructional Days 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Independent Learner Day/
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Professional Development Day
87 Instructional Days Total 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30
93 Instructional Days Total
DeKalb County School District | 2023-2024 CALENDAR
(Approved by the Board of Education on December 13, 2021)
July ‘23 January ‘24
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
1 Winter Break
4 Independence Day 2 Post/Pre-Planning Day
1 1 2 3 4 5 6
3 First Day of 2nd Semester
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 Dr. M. L. King, Jr. Day
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
31 Pre-Planning Day 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31
20 Instructional Days
30 31
1-4 Pre-Planning Days August ‘23 February ‘24
7 First Day of School S M T W Th F S
16 February Break
S M T W Th F S
19 Presidents’ Day
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29
19 Instructional Days 19 Instructional Days
4 Labor Day September ‘23 March ‘24 8 Independent Learner
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
Day / Professional
Development Day
1 2 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
20 Instructional Days 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 21 Instructional Days
31
October ‘23 April ‘24
6 Fall Break
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
1-5 Spring Break
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
9 Columbus Day/
Indigenous Peoples 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Day 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
20 Instructional Days 17 Instructional Days
29 30 31 28 29 30
7 Independent Learner November ‘23 May ‘24 22 Last Day of School
Day / Professional S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
23 Post Planning
Development Day 27 Memorial Day
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
20-24 Thanksgiving Break
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
17 Instructional Days 16 Instructional Days
26 27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
15 Last Day of 1st Semester December ‘23 June ‘24 First/Last Day of Semester
18-29 Winter Break Holiday/Break (School Closed)
S M T W Th F S S M T W Th F S
Teachers’ Workday/
1 2 1
Professional Development Day
11 Instructional Days 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(School Closed)
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Independent Learner Day/
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Professional Development Day
87 Instructional Days Total
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
31 30 93 Instructional Days Total